Document:

EXHIBIT 4.3

 Exhibit 4.3 
 INTERIM TRUST AGREEMENT 
 between 
 VG FUNDING, LLC, 
 as the Seller 
 and 
 CHASE BANK USA, 
 NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
 not in its individual capacity but solely 
 as Eligible Lender Trustee for the 
 benefit of
VG Funding, LLC 
 Dated as of April 5, 2007 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	 Page

	 ARTICLE I Definitions and Usage
	  	1
		
	 ARTICLE II Appointment of VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee
	  	2
	 SECTION 2.1 Appointment of VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee
	  	2
	 SECTION 2.2 Declaration of Trust
	  	2
	 SECTION 2.3 Title to Interim Trust Loans
	  	2
		
	 ARTICLE III Representations and Warranties of VG Funding
	  	2
		
	 ARTICLE IV Authority and Duties of VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee
	  	3
	 SECTION 4.1 General Authority
	  	3
	 SECTION 4.2 General Duties
	  	3
	 SECTION 4.3 No Duties Except as Specified in this Agreement
	  	3
	 SECTION 4.4 No Action Except Under Specified Documents
	  	4
	 SECTION 4.5 Restrictions
	  	4
		
	 ARTICLE V Concerning the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee
	  	4
	 SECTION 5.1 Acceptance of Trust and Duties
	  	4
	 SECTION 5.2 Representations and Warranties
	  	5
	 SECTION 5.3 Not Acting in Individual Capacity
	  	5
	 SECTION 5.4 VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee Not Liable for the Interim Trust Loans
	  	5
		
	 ARTICLE VI Compensation of VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee
	  	6
		
	 ARTICLE VII Termination of Interim Trust Agreement
	  	6
		
	 ARTICLE VIII Successor VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustees
	  	6
	 SECTION 8.1 Eligibility Requirements for VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee
	  	6
	 SECTION 8.2 Resignation or Removal of VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee
	  	6
	 SECTION 8.3 Successor VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee
	  	7
	 SECTION 8.4 Merger or Consolidation of VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee
	  	8
		
	 ARTICLE IX Miscellaneous
	  	8
	 SECTION 9.1 Supplements and Amendments
	  	8
	 SECTION 9.2 Notices
	  	9
	 SECTION 9.3 Severability
	  	9
	 SECTION 9.4 Separate Counterparts
	  	9
	 SECTION 9.5 Successors and Assigns
	  	9
	 SECTION 9.6 Headings
	  	9
	 SECTION 9.7 Governing Law
	  	9

  

 i 

 INTERIM TRUST AGREEMENT 
 INTERIM TRUST AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of April 5, 2007, between VG Funding, LLC (“VG Funding”) as the Purchaser
and subsequent Seller of certain Loans, and CHASE BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, not in its individual capacity but solely as Eligible Lender Trustee (the “VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee”). 

WHEREAS, VG Funding is a limited liability company established for the purpose of purchasing Loans from subsidiaries or affiliates of SLM Corporation
and selling Loans to, among others, SLM Funding LLC (the “Depositor”) for resale to special purpose trusts established for the purpose of financing the purchase of such Loans; 
 WHEREAS, on the Closing Date, VG Funding will acquire certain Loans from VG Funding I, a Delaware statutory trust of which VG Funding is the depositor,
and will subsequently enter into a Purchase Agreement with the Depositor, for the purpose of effecting the sale of such Loans to the Depositor; 
 WHEREAS, during the Supplemental Purchase Period or the Funding Period, VG Funding may acquire Additional Trust Student Loans from VG Funding I and subsequently enter into one or more Additional Purchase Agreements with the Depositor, for
the purpose of effecting the sale of such Additional Trust Student Loans (collectively, the applicable Initial Trust Student Loans and the applicable Additional Trust Student Loans are referred to herein as the “Interim Trust Loans”);

 WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement with the Depositor, VG Funding may be required, under certain circumstances, to
repurchase some of the Interim Trust Loans; and 
 WHEREAS, the Eligible Lender Trustee is an “eligible lender” within the meaning
of Section 435(d) of the Higher Education Act and is willing to hold legal title to the Interim Trust Loans on behalf and for the benefit of VG Funding. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, VG Funding and the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee hereby agree as follows: 
 ARTICLE I

 Definitions and Usage 
 Except as otherwise specified herein or as the context may otherwise require, capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein are defined in Appendix A-1 and A-2 to the Indenture dated as of April 5,
2007, among the Issuer, the Eligible Lender Trustee on behalf of the Trust and the Indenture Trustee, as may be amended or supplemented from time to time, which also contains rules as to usage that shall be applicable herein. 
  

 1 

 ARTICLE II 
 Appointment of VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee 
 SECTION 2.1 Appointment of VG
Funding Eligible Lender Trustee. VG Funding hereby appoints the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee, effective as of the date hereof, as trustee, to have all the rights, powers and duties set forth herein, including, without limitation:

  

	 	a.	to hold legal title to the Interim Trust Loans on behalf and for the benefit of VG Funding; 

  

	 	b.	to enter into and perform its obligations as the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee under this Agreement and the VG Funding Purchase Agreement (including any Additional Purchase
Agreements entered into during the Supplemental Purchase Period or the Funding Period); and 

  

	 	c.	to engage in those activities, including entering into agreements, that are necessary, suitable or convenient to accomplish the foregoing or are incidental thereto or connected
therewith. 

 SECTION 2.2 Declaration of Trust. The VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee hereby declares that it
will hold the Interim Trust Loans in trust upon and subject to the conditions set forth herein for the use and benefit of VG Funding, subject to the obligations of the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee under the VG Funding Purchase Agreement.
Effective as of the date hereof, the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee shall have all rights, powers and duties set forth herein with respect to accomplishing the purposes of this Agreement. 
 SECTION 2.3 Title to Interim Trust Loans. Legal title to all of the Interim Trust Loans shall be vested at all times in the VG Funding
Eligible Lender Trustee on behalf of and for the benefit of VG Funding. 
 ARTICLE III 
 Representations and Warranties of Depositor 
 VG Funding hereby represents and warrants to the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee that: 
  

	 	1.	It is duly organized and validly existing as a Delaware limited liability company in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with power and authority to own its
properties and to conduct its business as such properties are currently owned and such business is presently conducted. 

  

	 	2.	It has all necessary power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to carry out its terms; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement has been
duly authorized by VG Funding by all necessary action. 

  

 2 

	 	3.	This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of VG Funding enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization
and similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity. 

  

	 	4.	The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof do not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and
provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, the certificate of formation or limited liability company operating agreement, in effect as of the date hereof, of VG Funding, or any indenture,
agreement or other instrument to which VG Funding is a party or by which it is bound; nor result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, agreement or other instrument (other
than as contemplated by the Basic Documents); nor violate any law or any order, rule or regulation applicable to VG Funding of any court or of any Federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having
jurisdiction over VG Funding or its properties. 

 ARTICLE IV 
 Authority and Duties of VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee 
 SECTION
4.1 General Authority. The VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee is authorized and directed to execute and deliver the VG Funding Purchase Agreement and this Agreement and each certificate or other document attached as an exhibit to or
contemplated by such agreements, in each case, in such form as VG Funding shall approve as evidenced conclusively by the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee’s execution thereof. The VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee is also authorized and
directed on behalf and for the benefit of VG Funding to acquire and hold legal title to the Interim Trust Loans and to take all actions required of the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee pursuant to the VG Funding Purchase Agreement and this
Agreement. 
 SECTION 4.2 General Duties. It shall be the duty of the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee to discharge (or cause
to be discharged) all its responsibilities as the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee pursuant to the terms of the VG Funding Purchase Agreement and this Agreement. 
 SECTION 4.3 No Duties Except as Specified in this Agreement. The VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee shall not have any duty or obligation to manage, make any payment with respect to, register, record,
sell, service, dispose of or otherwise deal with the Interim Trust Loans, or to otherwise take or refrain from taking any action under, or in connection with, any 

  

 3 

 
document contemplated hereby to which the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee is a party, except as expressly provided by the terms of the VG Funding Purchase
Agreement or this Agreement; and no implied duties or obligations shall be read into this Agreement or the VG Funding Purchase Agreement against the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee. 
 SECTION 4.4 No Action Except Under Specified Documents. The VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee shall not otherwise deal with the Interim
Trust Loans except in accordance with the powers granted to and the authority conferred upon the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee pursuant to this Agreement and the VG Funding Purchase Agreement. 
 SECTION 4.5 Restrictions. The VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee shall not take any action that is inconsistent with the purposes of the
Trust set forth in the Basic Documents. 
 ARTICLE V 
 Concerning the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee 
 SECTION 5.1 Acceptance of Trust and
Duties. The VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee accepts the trust hereby created and agrees to perform its duties hereunder with respect to such trust but only upon the terms of this Agreement. The VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee shall not
be answerable or accountable hereunder or under the VG Funding Purchase Agreement under any circumstances, except (i) for its own willful misconduct or negligence or (ii) in the case of the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty
contained in Section 5.2 below expressly made by the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee. In particular, but not by way of limitation (and subject to the exceptions set forth in the preceding sentence): 
  

	 	1.	The VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made by a responsible officer of the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee.

  

	 	2.	No provision of this Agreement or the VG Funding Purchase Agreement shall require the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee to expend or risk funds or otherwise incur any financial
liability in the performance of any of its rights or powers hereunder or under the VG Funding Purchase Agreement, if the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate
indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured or provided to it. 

  

	 	3.	The VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee shall not be responsible for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Agreement or for the due execution hereof by VG Funding or
for the form, character, genuineness, sufficiency, value or validity of any of the Interim Trust Loans or for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of the VG Funding Purchase Agreement. 

  

 4 

 SECTION 5.2 Representations and Warranties. The VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee hereby
represents and warrants to VG Funding that: 
  

	 	1.	It is duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of its governing jurisdiction and has an office located within the State of Delaware, at which it will act
as trustee for the Trust. It has all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the VG Funding Purchase Agreement and this Agreement. 

  

	 	2.	It has taken all action necessary to authorize the execution and delivery by it of the VG Funding Purchase Agreement and this Agreement, and the VG Funding Purchase Agreement and
this Agreement have been executed and delivered by one of its officers who is duly authorized to execute and deliver the same on its behalf. 

  

	 	3.	Neither the execution nor the delivery by it of the VG Funding Purchase Agreement or this Agreement, nor the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated thereby or hereby
nor compliance by it with any of the terms or provisions thereof or hereof will contravene any Federal or Delaware state law, governmental rule or regulation governing the banking or trust powers of the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee or any
judgment or order binding on it, or constitute any default under its charter documents or by-laws or any indenture, mortgage, contract, agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which any of its properties may be bound.

  

	 	4.	It is and will maintain its status as an “eligible lender” (as such term is defined in Section 435(d) of the Higher Education Act) for purposes of holding legal title
to the Interim Trust Loans as contemplated by this Agreement and the VG Funding Purchase Agreement. 

 SECTION 5.3 Not
Acting in Individual Capacity. Except as provided in this Article V, in accepting the trust hereby created, Chase Bank USA, National Association acts solely as VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee hereunder and not in its individual capacity.

 SECTION 5.4 VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee Not Liable for the Interim Trust Loans. The VG Funding Eligible Lender
Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Agreement or the VG Funding Purchase Agreement, or of any Interim Trust Loan or related documents. The VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee shall at no time have any
responsibility for or with respect to the sufficiency of the Interim Trust Loans; the validity or completeness of the assignment to the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee of legal title to any Interim Trust Loan on behalf and for the benefit of VG
Funding; the performance or enforcement (except as expressly set forth in the VG Funding Purchase Agreement) of any Interim Trust Loan; the compliance by VG Funding or the Servicer with any warranty or representation made under any Basic Document or
in any related document or the accuracy of any such warranty or representation or any action or inaction of the Administrator, the Indenture Trustee or the Servicer or any subservicer taken in the name of the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee.

  

 5 

 ARTICLE VI 
 Compensation of VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee 
 The VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee
shall receive as compensation for its services hereunder such fees as have been separately agreed upon before the date hereof between VG Funding and the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee, and the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee shall be entitled
to be reimbursed by VG Funding, to the extent provided in such separate agreement, for its other reasonable expenses hereunder. 
 ARTICLE
VII 
 Termination of Interim Trust Agreement 
 This Agreement (other than Article VI) and the trust created hereby shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of (i) the termination of the Trust pursuant to Section 9.1 of the
Trust Agreement and (ii) the expiration of 21 years from the death of the last survivor of the descendants of Joseph P. Kennedy, the late Ambassador of the United States to the Court of St. James’s, living on the date hereof. 

ARTICLE VIII 
 Successor VG
Funding Eligible Lender Trustees 
 SECTION 8.1 Eligibility Requirements for VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee. The VG
Funding Eligible Lender Trustee shall at all times be a corporation or banking association (i) qualifying as an “eligible lender” as such term is defined in Section 435(d) of the Higher Education Act for purposes of holding legal
title to the Interim Trust Loans on behalf and for the benefit of VG Funding, with a valid lender identification number with respect to the Interim Trust Loans from the Department; and (ii) being authorized to exercise corporate trust powers
and hold legal title to the Interim Trust Loans. In case at any time the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee shall resign immediately
in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 8.2. 
 SECTION 8.2 Resignation or Removal of VG Funding Eligible Lender
Trustee. The VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee may at any time resign and be discharged from the trust hereby created by giving written notice thereof to VG Funding. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, VG Funding shall promptly
appoint a successor VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee meeting the eligibility requirements of Section 8.1 by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee
and one copy to the successor VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee. If no successor VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the
resigning VG Funding Eligible 
  

 6 

 
Lender Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee; provided,
however, that such right to appoint or to petition for the appointment of any such successor shall in no event relieve the resigning VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee from any obligations otherwise imposed on it under this Agreement or the
VG Funding Purchase Agreement until such successor has in fact assumed such appointment. 
 If at any time the VG Funding Eligible Lender
Trustee shall cease to be or shall be likely to cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.1 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by VG Funding, then VG Funding may remove the VG Funding Eligible
Lender Trustee. If VG Funding shall remove the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee under the authority of the immediately preceding sentence, VG Funding shall promptly appoint a successor VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee by written instrument, in
duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the outgoing VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee together with payment of all fees owed to the outgoing VG
Funding Eligible Lender Trustee. 
 Any resignation or removal of the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee and appointment of a successor VG
Funding Eligible Lender Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall not become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee pursuant to Section 8.3 and payment of all fees and
expenses owed to the outgoing VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee. 
 SECTION 8.3 Successor VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee.
Any successor VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee appointed pursuant to Section 8.2 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to VG Funding and to its predecessor VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment under
this Agreement, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee shall become effective and such successor VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become
fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor under this Agreement, with like effect as if originally named as VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee. The predecessor VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee shall upon
payment of its fees and expenses deliver to the successor VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee all documents, statements, moneys and properties held by it under this Agreement and shall assign, if permissible, to the successor VG Funding Eligible
Lender Trustee any lender identification number obtained from the Department with respect to the Interim Trust Loans; and VG Funding and the predecessor VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments and do such other
things as may reasonably be required for fully and certainly vesting and confirming in the successor VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations. 
 No successor VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee shall accept such appointment as provided in this Section unless at the time of such acceptance such
successor VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee shall be eligible pursuant to Section 8.1. 
  

 7 

 SECTION 8.4 Merger or Consolidation of VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee. Any corporation
into which the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation or banking association resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the VG Funding Eligible
Lender Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee, shall, without the execution or filing of any instrument or any further act on the
part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, be the successor of the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee hereunder; provided that such corporation or banking association shall be eligible pursuant to
Section 8.1. 
 ARTICLE IX 
 Miscellaneous 
 SECTION 9.1 Supplements and Amendments. This Agreement may be amended by VG Funding and
the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee, with prior written notice to the Rating Agencies, without the consent of any of the Noteholders, the Excess Distribution Certificateholders or any Swap Counterparty, to cure any ambiguity, to correct or
supplement any provisions in this Agreement or for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions in this Agreement; provided, however, that such action shall not, as evidenced by
an Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Noteholder, the Excess Distribution Certificateholders or any Swap Counterparty. 
 This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by VG Funding and the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee, with prior written notice to the Rating Agencies and with the consent of the Noteholders evidencing not
less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that no such amendment shall
reduce the aforesaid percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes required to consent to any such amendment, without the consent of all the outstanding Noteholders. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be amended without the prior consent of a Swap Counterparty if such amendment would adversely affect, in any material respect, the rights or interests of that Swap
Counterparty. 
 Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent, the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee shall furnish written
notification of the substance of such amendment or consent to the Indenture Trustee and each of the Rating Agencies. 
 It shall not be
necessary for the consent of the Noteholders, the Excess Distribution Certificateholders or any Swap Counterparty pursuant to this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or consent, but it shall be sufficient if such
consent shall approve the substance thereof. The manner of obtaining such consents and of evidencing the authorization of the execution thereof shall be subject to such reasonable requirements as the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee may prescribe.

  

 8 

 Prior to the execution of any amendment to this Agreement, the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee shall
be entitled to receive and rely upon an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Agreement. The VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such
amendment which affects the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise. 
 SECTION 9.2 Notices. Unless otherwise expressly specified or permitted by the terms hereof, all notices shall be in writing and shall be deemed given upon receipt by the intended recipient or three Business Days after mailing
if mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid (except that notice to the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee shall be deemed given only upon actual receipt by the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee), if to the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee,
addressed to its Corporate Trust Office; if to VG Funding, addressed to VG Funding, LLC, 12061 Bluemont Way, V3419, Reston, Virginia 20190, or, as to each party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to each
other party. 
 SECTION 9.3 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any
jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not
invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. 
 SECTION 9.4 Separate Counterparts. This
Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. 
 SECTION 9.5 Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements contained herein shall be binding upon and to the benefit of, VG Funding
and its successors and the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee and its successors, all as herein provided. 
 SECTION 9.6
Headings. The headings of the various Articles and Sections herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 SECTION 9.7 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without
reference to its conflict of law provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws. 
  

 9 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Interim Trust Agreement to be duly executed by
their respective officers hereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	 CHASE BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

	 not in its individual capacity but solely as Eligible
 Lender Trustee for the benefit of VG Funding, LLC

		
	 By:
	 	 /S/ JOHN J. CASHIN

	 Name:
	 	John J. Cashin
	 Title:
	 	Vice President
	
	 VG FUNDING, LLC,

	 in its capacity as Purchaser and Seller

		
	 By:
	 	 /S/ J. LANCE FRANKE

	 Name:
	 	J. Lance Franke
	 Title:
	 	Vice President

  

 10EXHIBIT 4.4

 Exhibit 4.4 
  

 INDENTURE 
 among 
 SLM STUDENT LOAN TRUST 2007-4, 
 as the Issuer, 
 CHASE BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
 not in its individual capacity but 
 solely as
the Eligible Lender Trustee 
 and 
 DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, 
 not in its individual capacity but 
 solely as the Indenture Trustee 
 Dated as of April 5, 2007 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
	ARTICLE I
	Definitions and Usage
	 SECTION 1.1
	  	Definitions and Usage	  	2
	 SECTION 1.2
	  	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	2
	
	ARTICLE II
	The Notes
			
	 SECTION 2.1
	  	Form	  	3
	 SECTION 2.2
	  	Execution, Authentication and Delivery	  	4
	 SECTION 2.3
	  	Temporary Notes	  	4
	 SECTION 2.4
	  	Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange	  	5
	 SECTION 2.5
	  	Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes	  	6
	 SECTION 2.6
	  	Persons Deemed Owner	  	7
	 SECTION 2.7
	  	Payment of Principal and Interest; Note Interest Shortfall	  	7
	 SECTION 2.8
	  	Cancellation	  	8
	 SECTION 2.9
	  	Release of Collateral	  	8
	 SECTION 2.10
	  	Book-Entry Notes	  	8
	 SECTION 2.11
	  	Notices to Clearing Agency	  	9
	 SECTION 2.12
	  	Definitive Notes	  	9
	 SECTION 2.13
	  	Transfer Restrictions	  	10
	
	ARTICLE III
	Covenants, Representations and Warranties
			
	 SECTION 3.1
	  	Payments to Noteholders	  	10
	 SECTION 3.1A
	  	Currency Swap Agreement Collateral Account	  	10
	 SECTION 3.2
	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	11
	 SECTION 3.3
	  	Money for Payments to be Held in Trust	  	11
	 SECTION 3.4
	  	Existence	  	13
	 SECTION 3.5
	  	Protection of Indenture Trust Estate	  	13
	 SECTION 3.6
	  	Opinions as to Indenture Trust Estate	  	14
	 SECTION 3.7
	  	Performance of Obligations; Servicing of Trust Student Loans.	  	14
	 SECTION 3.8
	  	Negative Covenants	  	17
	 SECTION 3.9
	  	Annual Statement as to Compliance	  	18
	 SECTION 3.10
	  	Issuer May Consolidate, etc., Only on Certain Terms.	  	18
	 SECTION 3.11
	  	Successor or Transferee	  	19
	 SECTION 3.12
	  	No Other Business	  	20
	 SECTION 3.13
	  	No Borrowing	  	20
	 SECTION 3.14
	  	Obligations of Servicer and Administrator	  	20
	 SECTION 3.15
	  	Guarantees, Loans, Advances and Other Liabilities	  	20

  

 i 

					
	 SECTION 3.16
	  	Capital Expenditures	  	20
	 SECTION 3.17
	  	Restricted Payments	  	20
	 SECTION 3.18
	  	Notice of Events of Default	  	21
	 SECTION 3.19
	  	Further Instruments and Acts	  	21
	 SECTION 3.20
	  	Representations and Warranties	  	21
	
	ARTICLE IV
	Satisfaction and Discharge
			
	 SECTION 4.1
	  	Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture	  	22
	 SECTION 4.2
	  	Application of Trust Money	  	23
	 SECTION 4.3
	  	Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying Agent	  	23
	 SECTION 4.4
	  	Auction of Trust Student Loans	  	23
	
	ARTICLE V
	Remedies
			
	 SECTION 5.1
	  	Events of Default	  	24
	 SECTION 5.2
	  	Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment	  	25
	 SECTION 5.3
	  	Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Indenture Trustee	  	26
	 SECTION 5.4
	  	Remedies; Priorities	  	28
	 SECTION 5.5
	  	Optional Preservation of the Trust Student Loans	  	31
	 SECTION 5.6
	  	Limitation of Suits	  	32
	 SECTION 5.7
	  	Unconditional Rights of Noteholders to Receive Principal and Interest	  	32
	 SECTION 5.8
	  	Restoration of Rights and Remedies	  	33
	 SECTION 5.9
	  	Rights and Remedies Cumulative	  	33
	 SECTION 5.10
	  	Delay or Omission Not a Waiver	  	33
	 SECTION 5.11
	  	Control by Noteholders	  	33
	 SECTION 5.12
	  	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	34
	 SECTION 5.13
	  	Undertaking for Costs	  	34
	 SECTION 5.14
	  	Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws	  	34
	 SECTION 5.15
	  	Action on Notes	  	34
	 SECTION 5.16
	  	Performance and Enforcement of Certain Obligations.	  	35
	
	ARTICLE VI
	The Indenture Trustee
			
	 SECTION 6.1
	  	Duties of Indenture Trustee	  	35
	 SECTION 6.2
	  	Rights of Indenture Trustee	  	37
	 SECTION 6.3
	  	Individual Rights of Indenture Trustee	  	37
	 SECTION 6.4
	  	Indenture Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	38
	 SECTION 6.5
	  	Notice of Defaults	  	38
	 SECTION 6.6
	  	Reports by Indenture Trustee to Noteholders	  	38
	 SECTION 6.7
	  	Compensation and Indemnity	  	38
	 SECTION 6.8
	  	Replacement of Indenture Trustee	  	39
	 SECTION 6.9
	  	Successor Indenture Trustee by Merger	  	40
	 SECTION 6.10
	  	Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee.	  	40

  

 ii 

					
	 SECTION 6.11
	  	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	41
	 SECTION 6.12
	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer	  	42
	
	ARTICLE VII
	Noteholders’ Lists and Reports	  	
			
	 SECTION 7.1
	  	Issuer to Furnish Indenture Trustee Names and Addresses of Noteholders	  	42
	 SECTION 7.2
	  	Preservation of Information; Communications to Noteholders	  	42
	 SECTION 7.3
	  	Reports by Issuer.	  	43
	
	ARTICLE VIII
	Accounts, Disbursements and Releases
			
	 SECTION 8.1
	  	Collection of Money	  	43
	 SECTION 8.2
	  	Trust Accounts	  	44
	 SECTION 8.3
	  	General Provisions Regarding Accounts	  	45
	 SECTION 8.4
	  	Release of Indenture Trust Estate	  	46
	 SECTION 8.5
	  	Opinion of Counsel	  	46
	
	ARTICLE IX
	Supplemental Indentures
			
	 SECTION 9.1
	  	Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders.	  	47
	 SECTION 9.2
	  	Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Noteholders	  	48
	 SECTION 9.3
	  	Execution of Supplemental Indentures	  	49
	 SECTION 9.4
	  	Effect of Supplemental Indenture	  	49
	 SECTION 9.5
	  	Conformity with Trust Indenture Act	  	50
	 SECTION 9.6
	  	Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures	  	50
	
	ARTICLE X
	Redemption of Notes
			
	 SECTION 10.1
	  	Redemption	  	50
	 SECTION 10.2
	  	Form of Redemption Notice	  	50
	 SECTION 10.3
	  	Notes Payable on Redemption Date	  	51
	
	ARTICLE XI
	Miscellaneous
			
	 SECTION 11.1
	  	Compliance Certificates and Opinions, etc	  	51
	 SECTION 11.2
	  	Form of Documents Delivered to Indenture Trustee	  	53
	 SECTION 11.3
	  	Acts of Noteholders	  	53
	 SECTION 11.4
	  	Notices, etc., to Indenture Trustee, Issuer and Rating Agencies	  	54
	 SECTION 11.5
	  	Notices to Noteholders; Waiver	  	55
	 SECTION 11.6
	  	Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions	  	55
	 SECTION 11.7
	  	Conflict with Trust Indenture Act	  	55
	 SECTION 11.8
	  	Effect of Headings and Table of Contents	  	56
	 SECTION 11.9
	  	Successors and Assigns	  	56

  

 iii 

					
	 SECTION 11.10
	  	Separability	  	56
	 SECTION 11.11
	  	Benefits of Indenture	  	56
	 SECTION 11.12
	  	Legal Holidays	  	56
	 SECTION 11.13
	  	Governing Law	  	56
	 SECTION 11.14
	  	Counterparts	  	56
	 SECTION 11.15
	  	Recording of Indenture	  	56
	 SECTION 11.16
	  	Trust Obligations	  	57
	 SECTION 11.17
	  	No Petition	  	57
	 SECTION 11.18
	  	Inspection	  	57
	 SECTION 11.19
	  	Subordination	  	58
	
	ARTICLE XII
	Compliance with Regulation AB
			
	 SECTION 12.1
	  	Intent of the Parties; Reasonableness	  	58

  

 iv 

 APPENDICES, SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS 
  

			
	 APPENDIX A-1
	  	Definitions and Usage
	 APPENDIX A-2
	  	Certain Terms and Provisions of the Auction Rate Notes
	 APPENDIX A-3
	  	Transfer Restrictions for the Class A-4B Notes
		
	 SCHEDULE A
	  	Schedule of Trust Student Loans
	 SCHEDULE B
	  	Location of Trust Student Loan Files
		
	 EXHIBIT A
	  	Forms of Notes
	 EXHIBIT B
	  	Form of Note Depository Agreement
	 EXHIBIT C
	  	Servicing Criteria to be Addressed in Assessment of Compliance
	 EXHIBIT D
	  	Notice of Payment Default
	 EXHIBIT E
	  	Notice of Cure of Payment Default
	 EXHIBIT F
	  	Notice of Proposed Change in Length of One or More Auction Periods
	 EXHIBIT G
	  	Notice Establishing Change in Length of One or More Auction Periods
	 EXHIBIT H
	  	Notice of Change in Auction Date

  

 v 

 INDENTURE, dated as of April 5, 2007, among SLM STUDENT LOAN TRUST 2007-4, a Delaware statutory
trust (the “Issuer”), CHASE BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, not in its individual capacity but solely as eligible lender trustee on behalf of the Issuer (in such capacity, the “Eligible Lender
Trustee”), and DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, a New York banking corporation, not in its individual capacity but solely as indenture trustee (in such capacity, the “Indenture Trustee”). 
 Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Issuer’s Student
Loan-Backed Notes (the “Notes”) and, after the Notes have been paid in full, for the benefit of the Currency Swap Counterparty: 
 GRANTING CLAUSE 
 The Issuer and, with respect to the Trust Student Loans, the Eligible Lender Trustee hereby Grant to the
Indenture Trustee, as trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders and, subject to the provisions of Section 11.19, the Currency Swap Counterparty, effective as of the Closing Date all of their right, title and interest in and to the following:

 (a) the Trust Student Loans, and all obligations of the Obligors thereunder including all moneys accrued and paid thereunder on or
after the applicable Cutoff Date and all guaranties and other rights relating to the Trust Student Loans; 
 (b) the Servicing
Agreement, including the right of the Issuer to cause the Servicer to purchase Trust Student Loans from the Issuer under circumstances described therein; 
 (c) the related Sale Agreement, including the right of the Issuer to cause the Depositor to repurchase Trust Student Loans from the Issuer under the circumstances described therein and including the rights of the
Depositor under the Purchase Agreements; 
 (d) the SLM ECFC Purchase Agreement and the VG Funding Purchase Agreement, to the extent
that the rights of the Depositor thereunder have been assigned to the Issuer pursuant to the Sale Agreement, including the right of the Depositor to cause SLM ECFC or VG Funding, as the case may be, to repurchase Trust Student Loans from the
Depositor under the circumstances described in the applicable Purchase Agreement; 
 (e) the Administration Agreement, the Currency Swap
Agreement to be entered into, including the security interest in any collateral delivered by the Currency Swap Counterparty in connection with these agreements and any collateral account (including, but not limited to, the Swap Collateral and
Currency Swap Agreement Collateral Account described in Section 3.1A hereof), and any agreement representing Eligible Repurchase Obligations between the Trust and an Eligible Repo Counterparty to be entered into from time to time; 

(f) each Guarantee Agreement, including the right of the Issuer to cause the related Guarantor to make Guarantee Payments in respect of the Trust
Student Loans; 
  

 1 

 (g) the Trust Accounts and all funds on deposit from time to time in the Trust Accounts, including
the Reserve Account Initial Deposit, the Supplemental Purchase Account Initial Deposit, the Capitalized Interest Account Initial Deposit, the Add-On Consolidation Loan Account Initial Deposit, the Borrower Benefit Account Initial Deposit, if any,
the Floor Income Rebate Account, the Pre-Funding Account Initial Deposit and the Collection Account Initial Deposit, if any, and all investments and proceeds thereof (including all income thereon); 
 (h) all present and future claims, demands, causes and choses in action in respect of any or all of the foregoing and all payments on or under and
all proceeds of every kind and nature whatsoever in respect of any or all of the foregoing, including all proceeds of the conversion, voluntary or involuntary, into cash or other liquid property, all cash proceeds, accounts, accounts receivable,
notes, drafts, acceptances, chattel paper, checks, general intangibles, deposit accounts, insurance proceeds, condemnation awards, rights to payment of any and every kind and other forms of obligations and receivables, instruments and other property
which at any time constitute all or part of or are included in the proceeds of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Collateral”); and 
 (i) any interest rate cap agreement entered into with one or more interest rate cap counterparties pursuant to Section 2.1(pp) of the Administration Agreement. 
 The foregoing Grant is made in trust to secure the payment of principal of and interest on, and any other amounts owing in respect of, the Notes, equally
and ratably without prejudice, priority or distinction, to secure compliance with the provisions of this Indenture, and, subject to the provisions of Section 11.19, to secure amounts owing to the Currency Swap Counterparty under the Currency
Swap Agreement, all as provided in this Indenture. 
 The Indenture Trustee, as indenture trustee on behalf of the Noteholders and the
Currency Swap Counterparty, acknowledges such Grant, accepts the trusts under this Indenture in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and agrees to perform its duties required in this Indenture to the best of its ability to the end that
the interests of the Noteholders and the Currency Swap Counterparty under the Currency Swap Agreement may be adequately and effectively protected. 
 ARTICLE I  
 Definitions and Usage 
 SECTION 1.1 Definitions and Usage. Except as otherwise specified herein or as the context may otherwise require, capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein are defined in Appendix A-1 or
Appendix A-2 to this Indenture, which also contain rules as to usage that shall be applicable herein. 
 SECTION 1.2 Incorporation by
Reference of Trust Indenture Act. Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following
meanings: 
 “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
  

 2 

 “indenture securities” means the Notes. 
 “indenture security holder” means a Noteholder. 
 “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture. 
 “indenture trustee” or
“institutional trustee” means the Indenture Trustee. 
 “obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuer and any
other obligor on the indenture securities. 
 All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA
reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule have the meaning assigned to them by such definitions. 
 ARTICLE II 
 The Notes 
 SECTION
2.1 Form. The Notes, together with the Indenture Trustee’s certificate of authentication, shall be in substantially the forms set forth in Exhibit A, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as
are required or permitted by this Indenture and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers executing the Notes, as
evidenced by their execution of the Notes. Any portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Note. 
 The Definitive Notes shall be typewritten, printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods (with or without steel
engraved borders), all as determined by the officers executing such Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes. 
 The terms of the
Notes set forth in Exhibit A are part of the terms of this Indenture. 
 Each class of Notes (other than the Class A-4B Notes) will be
represented by a book-entry note certificate deposited on the Closing Date with Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as custodian for DTC (the “DTC Custodian”), and registered in the name of Cede & Co. as initial nominee for DTC.

 The Class A-4B Notes may be offered and sold only to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A or to a Non-U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation
S) outside the United States of America in reliance on Regulation S, as applicable and will be represented by interests in either a Rule 144A global registered note certificate (the “Class A-4B Rule 144A Global Note Certificate”) or a
Regulation S global registered note certificate (the “Regulation S Global Note Certificate,” and collectively with the Class A-4B Rule 144A Global Note Certificate, the “Class A-4B Global Note Certificates”). Each
Class A-4B Global Note Certificate will be registered in the name of the Joint Nominee, and will be deposited on the Closing Date with the Regulation S Custodian. There will be only one Class A-4B Rule 144A Global Note Certificate and one
Regulation S Global Note Certificate for the Class A-4B Notes. 
  

 3 

 SECTION 2.2 Execution, Authentication and Delivery. The Notes shall be executed on behalf of
the Issuer by any of its Authorized Officers. The signature of any such Authorized Officer on the Notes may be manual or facsimile. 
 Notes
bearing the manual or facsimile signature of individuals who were at any time Authorized Officers of the Issuer shall bind the Issuer, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication
and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such offices at the date of such Notes. 
 The Indenture Trustee shall upon Issuer Order
authenticate and deliver the U.S. Dollar denominated Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $4,506,000,000, and the London Paying Agent, which is hereby appointed as authenticating agent (the “Authenticating Agent”), shall upon
direction from the Issuer authenticate and deliver the Class A-4B Global Note Certificates in the aggregate principal amount of €500,000,000. The aggregate principal amount of Notes Outstanding at any time may not exceed such amount except
as provided in Section 2.5. 
 Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Floating Rate Notes shall be issuable as
registered notes in minimum denominations of $100,000 and additional increments of $1,000. The Auction Rate Notes shall be issuable as registered notes in minimum denominations of $50,000 and additional increments of $50,000. The Class A-4B
Notes shall be issuable as registered notes in minimum denominations of €100,000 and additional increments of €1,000. 
 No Note
shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Indenture Trustee by the
manual signature of one of its authorized signatories, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. 
 SECTION 2.3 Temporary Notes. Pending the preparation of Definitive Notes, the Issuer may execute, and upon receipt of an Issuer Order the
Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Notes which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, of the tenor of the Definitive Notes in lieu of which they are issued and with such variations not
inconsistent with the terms of this Indenture determined to be appropriate by the Responsible Officer of the Issuer executing the temporary Notes, as evidenced by his or her execution of such temporary Notes. 
 If temporary Notes are issued, the Issuer will cause Definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of Definitive
Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for Definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 3.2, without charge to the Noteholder. Upon surrender for
cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Issuer shall execute and the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like 

  

 4 

 
principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same
benefits under this Indenture as Definitive Notes. 
 SECTION 2.4 Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange. The Issuer
shall cause to be kept a register (the “Note Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer shall provide for the registration of Notes and the registration of transfers of Notes. The Indenture
Trustee shall be “Note Registrar” for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers of Notes as herein provided. Upon any resignation of any Note Registrar, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor or, if it elects not to make such
an appointment, assume the duties of Note Registrar. 
 If a Person other than the Indenture Trustee is appointed by the Issuer as Note
Registrar, the Issuer shall give the Indenture Trustee prompt written notice of the appointment of such Note Registrar and of the location, and any change in the location, of the Note Register, and the Indenture Trustee shall have the right to
inspect the Note Register at all reasonable times and to obtain copies thereof, and the Indenture Trustee shall have the right to rely upon a certificate executed on behalf of the Note Registrar by an Executive Officer thereof as to the names and
addresses of the Noteholders and the principal amounts and number of such Notes. 
 Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note
at the office or agency of the Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 3.2, or, with respect to the Class A-4B Notes, to the Note Registrar or any transfer agent, as applicable, if the requirements of Section 8-401(a) of the
UCC are met, the Issuer shall execute, and the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and the Noteholder shall obtain from the Indenture Trustee, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes in any authorized
denominations and a like aggregate principal amount. 
 At the option of the Noteholder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes in any
authorized denominations and a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Indenture Trustee shall
authenticate and the Noteholder shall obtain from the Indenture Trustee, the Notes which the Noteholder making the exchange is entitled to receive. 
 All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such
registration of transfer or exchange. 
 Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed
by, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee duly executed by the Noteholder thereof or such Noteholder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an
“eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in Securities Transfer Agent’s Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature
guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Exchange Act. 
  

 5 

 No service charge shall be made to a Noteholder for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes,
but the Indenture Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, other than exchanges pursuant to
Section 2.3 or 9.6 not involving any transfer. 
 The preceding provisions of this Section notwithstanding, the Issuer shall not be
required to make and the Note Registrar need not register transfers or exchanges of Notes selected for redemption or of any Note for a period of 15 days preceding the due date for any payment with respect to the Note. 
 Any transfer or assignment of any Note or any interest in any Note that is not effected pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture (including, without
limitation, this Section 2.4), such as a transfer or assignment not reflected on the Note Register, shall be null and void and shall not be taken into account by, or be binding upon, the Indenture Trustee or any other party. 
 SECTION 2.5 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes. If (i) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Indenture Trustee, or the
Indenture Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and (ii) there is delivered to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by each of them to hold the
Issuer and the Indenture Trustee harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Issuer, the Note Registrar or the Indenture Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, and provided that the requirements of Section 8-405
of the UCC are met, the Issuer shall execute and upon its request the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a replacement Note; provided,
however, that if any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, but not a mutilated Note, shall have become or within 15 days shall be due and payable, or shall have been called for redemption, instead of issuing a replacement Note, the Issuer may
pay such destroyed, lost or stolen Note when so due or payable or upon the Redemption Date without surrender thereof. If, after the delivery of such replacement Note or payment of a destroyed, lost or stolen Note pursuant to the proviso to the
preceding sentence, a bona fide purchaser of the original Note in lieu of which such replacement Note was issued presents for payment such original Note, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note (or
such payment) from the Person to whom it was delivered or any Person taking such replacement Note from such Person to whom such replacement Note was delivered or any assignee of such Person, except a bona fide purchaser, and shall be entitled to
recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee in connection therewith. 
 Upon the issuance of any replacement Note under this Section, the Issuer may require the payment by the Noteholder thereof of a sum sufficient to cover
any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other reasonable expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Indenture Trustee) connected therewith. 
 Every replacement Note issued pursuant to this Section in replacement of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original
additional contractual 

  

 6 

 
obligation of the Issuer, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to
all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
 The provisions of this
Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes. 
 SECTION 2.6 Persons Deemed Owner. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and
any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee may treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered (as of the day of determination) as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payments of principal of, interest, if any, on such
Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 SECTION 2.7 Payment of Principal and Interest; Note Interest Shortfall. (a) The Notes shall accrue interest as provided in the forms of
Notes set forth in Exhibit A and such interest shall be payable on each applicable Distribution Date as specified therein, subject to Section 3.1. Any installment of interest or principal, if any, payable on any Note which is punctually paid or
duly provided for by the Issuer on the applicable Distribution Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered on the applicable Record Date by check mailed first-class, postage prepaid to
such Person’s address as it appears on the Note Register on such Record Date, except that, unless Definitive Notes have been issued pursuant to Section 2.12, with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of
the applicable Clearing Agency, for the Notes, payment shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such nominee and except for the final installment of principal payable with respect to such Note on a
Distribution Date or on the Note Final Maturity Date for such Note which shall be payable as provided below. The funds represented by any such checks returned undelivered shall be held in accordance with Section 3.3. 
 (b) The principal amount of each class of Notes shall be payable in installments on each applicable Distribution Date as provided in the forms of
Notes set forth in Exhibit A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount of each class of the Notes shall be due and payable, if not previously paid, on the Note Final Maturity Date for such class of Notes and on the date
on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing if the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders of the Notes representing at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes have declared the Notes to be immediately due and
payable in the manner provided in Section 5.2. All principal payments on the Notes shall be made pro rata to the specific class of Noteholders entitled thereto. The Indenture Trustee shall notify the Person in whose name a Note is registered at
the close of business on the Record Date preceding the Distribution Date on which the Issuer expects that the final installment of principal of and interest on such Note will be paid. Such notice shall be mailed or transmitted by facsimile prior to
such final Distribution Date and shall specify that such final installment will be payable only upon presentation and surrender of such Note and shall specify the place where such Note may be presented and surrendered for payment of such
installment. Notices in connection with redemptions of Notes shall be mailed to Noteholders as provided in Section 10.2. 
  

 7 

 (c) If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest at the applicable Note Rate on the Notes, the
Issuer shall pay the resulting Note Interest Shortfall on the following Distribution Date as provided in the Administration Agreement. 
 SECTION 2.8 Cancellation. All Notes surrendered for payment, registration of transfer, exchange or redemption shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Indenture Trustee, be delivered to the Indenture Trustee and shall
be promptly cancelled by the Indenture Trustee. The Issuer may at any time deliver to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Issuer may have acquired in any manner whatsoever and
all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Indenture Trustee. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All canceled
Notes may be held or disposed of by the Indenture Trustee in accordance with its standard retention or disposal policy as in effect at the time, unless the Issuer shall direct by an Issuer Order that they be returned to it and so long as such Issuer
Order is timely and the Notes have not been previously disposed of by the Indenture Trustee. 
 SECTION 2.9 Release of
Collateral. Subject to Section 11.1 and the terms of the Basic Documents, the Indenture Trustee shall release property from the lien of this Indenture only upon receipt of an Issuer Request accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate of
the Issuer, an Opinion of Counsel and Independent Certificates in accordance with TIA §§ 314(c) and 314(d)(1) or an Opinion of Counsel in lieu of such Independent Certificates to the effect that the TIA does not require any such
Independent Certificates. 
 SECTION 2.10 Book-Entry Notes. The Notes, upon original issuance, will be issued in the form of
typewritten Notes representing the Book-Entry Notes, to be delivered to the applicable initial Clearing Agency, by the Issuer, or on behalf of the Issuer. Such Notes shall initially be registered on the Note Register in the name of the nominee of
the related initial Clearing Agency, and no Note Owner shall receive a definitive, fully registered note (a “Definitive Note”) representing such Note Owner’s interest in such Note, except as provided in Section 2.12. Unless and
until Definitive Notes have been issued to Note Owners pursuant to Section 2.12: 
 (i) the provisions of this Section shall be in
full force and effect; 
 (ii) the Note Registrar and the Indenture Trustee, and their respective directors, officers, employees and
agents, may deal with the applicable Clearing Agency for all purposes (including the payment of principal of and interest and other amounts on the Notes) as the authorized representative of the Note Owners; 
 (iii) to the extent that the provisions of this Section conflict with any other provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Section shall
control; 
 (iv) the rights of Note Owners shall be exercised only through the applicable Clearing Agency and shall be limited to those
established by law and agreements 

  

 8 

 
between such Note Owners and the applicable Clearing Agency and/or the applicable Clearing Agency Participants pursuant to the Note Depository Agreements;
and unless and until Definitive Notes are issued pursuant to Section 2.12, the applicable initial Clearing Agency will make book-entry transfers among the applicable Clearing Agency Participants and receive and transmit payments of principal of
and interest and other amounts on the Notes to such applicable Clearing Agency Participants; 
 (v) whenever this Indenture requires or
permits actions to be taken based upon instructions or directions of Noteholders of Notes evidencing a specified percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, the applicable Clearing Agency shall be deemed to represent such percentage only to
the extent that it has received instructions to such effect from Note Owners and/or applicable Clearing Agency Participants owning or representing, respectively, such required percentage of the beneficial interest in the Notes and has delivered such
instructions to the Indenture Trustee; and 
 (vi) upon acquisition or transfer of a beneficial interest in any Book-Entry Note by, for
or with the assets of, a Benefit Plan, such Note Owner shall be deemed to have represented that such acquisition or purchase will not constitute or otherwise result in: (i) in the case of a Benefit Plan subject to Title I of ERISA or
Section 4975 of the Code, a non-exempt prohibited transaction in violation of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code which is not covered by a class or other applicable exemption and (ii) in the case of a Benefit Plan
subject to a substantially similar federal, state, local or foreign law, a non-exempt violation of such substantially similar law. Any transfer found to have been made in violation of such deemed representation shall be null and void and of no
effect. 
 SECTION 2.11 Notices to Clearing Agency. Whenever a notice or other communication is required under this Indenture to
be given to Noteholders, unless and until Definitive Notes shall have been issued to Note Owners pursuant to Section 2.12, the Indenture Trustee shall give all such notices and communications specified herein to the applicable Clearing Agency.

 SECTION 2.12 Definitive Notes. If (i) the Administrator advises the Indenture Trustee in writing that a Clearing Agency
(a) is closed for business for a continuous period of 14 days (other than by reason of holiday, statutory or otherwise), (b) announces an intention to cease business permanently (or does so and no alternative clearing system acceptable to
the Indenture Trustee is then available), or (c) at any time, is unwilling or unable to continue as, or ceases to be, a clearing agency registered under all applicable laws, and a successor clearing agency which is registered as a clearing
agency under all applicable laws is not appointed by the Administrator within 90 days of such event, (ii) the Administrator at its option advises the Indenture Trustee in writing that it elects to terminate the book-entry system through that
Clearing Agency or (iii) after the occurrence of an Event of Default, a Servicer Default or an Administrator Default, Note Owners representing beneficial interests aggregating at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the applicable
Notes advise the applicable Clearing Agency (which shall then notify the Indenture Trustee) in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system through such Clearing Agency is no longer in the best interests of such Note Owners, then the
Indenture Trustee shall cause such Clearing Agency to notify all Note Owners cleared, through such Clearing Agency, of the occurrence of any such event and of the availability of Definitive Notes to Note Owners requesting the same. 
  

 9 

 Upon surrender to the Indenture Trustee of the typewritten Notes representing the Book-Entry Notes by a
Clearing Agency, accompanied by registration instructions, the Issuer shall execute and the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate the Definitive Notes in accordance with the instructions of such Clearing Agency, which shall include, without
limitation, the identity and payment instructions for all Noteholders of the applicable Notes. None of the Issuer, the Note Registrar or the Indenture Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely
on, and shall be protected in relying on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of Definitive Notes, the Indenture Trustee shall recognize the holders of the Definitive Notes as Noteholders. 
 Upon acquisition or transfer of a Definitive Note by, for or with the assets of, a Benefit Plan, such Note Owner shall be deemed to have represented that
such acquisition or purchase will not constitute or otherwise result in: (i) in the case of a Benefit Plan subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, a non-exempt prohibited transaction in violation of Section 406 of
ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code which is not covered by a class or other applicable exemption and (ii) in the case of a Benefit Plan subject to a substantially similar law, a non-exempt violation of such substantially similar law. Any
transfer found to have been made in violation of such deemed representation shall be null and void and of no effect. 
 SECTION
2.13 Transfer Restrictions. Each Class A-4B Noteholder shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer thereof set forth in Appendix A-3 to this Indenture. 
 ARTICLE III 
 Covenants, Representations and Warranties 
 SECTION 3.1 Payments to Noteholders. The Issuer shall duly and punctually pay the principal and interest, if any, with respect to the Notes
in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture and shall duly and punctually pay amounts, if any, owing to the Currency Swap Counterparty in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Currency Swap Agreement. Without limiting
the foregoing, the Issuer shall cause to be distributed to Noteholders and the Currency Swap Counterparty in accordance with the Administration Agreement that portion of the amounts on deposit in the Trust Accounts on a Distribution Date (other than
any Eligible Investments deposited therein that will mature on the Business Day preceding a subsequent Distribution Date) or with respect to the Currency Swap Counterparty amounts on deposit in the relevant Trust Accounts on the date such payment is
due under the Currency Swap Agreement, which the Noteholders and the Currency Swap Counterparty are entitled to receive pursuant to Sections 2.7 and 2.8 of the Administration Agreement. Amounts properly withheld under the Code by any Person from a
payment to any Noteholder of interest and/or principal shall be considered as having been paid by the Issuer to such Noteholder for all purposes of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 3.1A Currency Swap Agreement Collateral Account. Subject to Section 2.10(i) of the Administration Agreement, on or before the Closing Date, the Eligible 

  

 10 

 
Lender Trustee shall establish and maintain, or cause to be established and maintained, one or more Eligible Deposit Accounts, including any sub-accounts
thereto, in the name of the Eligible Lender Trustee for the benefit of the Issuer (each, a “Currency Swap Agreement Collateral Account”) into which the Currency Swap Counterparty will make required cash or securities deposits as collateral
to secure its obligations (“Swap Collateral”) under the Currency Swap Agreement. Each Currency Swap Agreement Collateral Account and all Swap Collateral deposited therein shall be assigned by the Eligible Lender Trustee to the Indenture
Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders, pursuant to the terms of the Granting Clause of this Agreement. All sums on deposit and securities held in any Currency Swap Agreement Collateral Account shall be used only for the purposes set forth in
the related credit support agreement to be entered into between the Issuer and the Currency Swap Counterparty (each, a “Credit Support Agreement”). Amounts on deposit in any Currency Swap Agreement Collateral Account may be invested in
Eligible Investments at the written direction of the Eligible Lender Trustee or its delegee. On each Distribution Date occurring prior to an Event of Default or a Termination Event under the Currency Swap Agreement, all Investment Earnings actually
earned and received on the Swap Collateral shall be paid directly to the Currency Swap Counterparty and not become part of Available Funds in accordance with the terms of the Credit Support Agreement. All amounts deposited in a Currency Swap
Agreement Collateral Account shall be paid to the Issuer (and become part of Available Funds on the related Distribution Date) or returned to the Currency Swap Counterparty, from time to time, in accordance with the provisions set forth in the
related Credit Support Agreement. 
 SECTION 3.2 Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuer shall maintain in the Borough of
Manhattan, The City of New York and in Luxembourg, so long as any of the Floating Rate Notes or Class A-4B Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such exchange so require, or in such other jurisdiction if any of the
Notes are listed on another stock exchange of international standing and the rules of such other exchange so require, an office or agency where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, and where notices and demands to or
upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer hereby initially appoints the Indenture Trustee to serve as its agent for the foregoing purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Indenture
Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of any such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Indenture Trustee with the address thereof, such
surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Indenture Trustee as its agent to receive all such surrenders, notices and demands. 
 SECTION 3.3 Money for Payments to be Held in Trust. As provided in Section 8.2(a) and (b), all payments of amounts due and payable with
respect to any Notes that are to be made from amounts distributed from the Collection Account or any other Trust Account pursuant to Section 2.7, or deposited into the Collection Account from the Capitalized Interest Account, the Supplemental
Purchase Account, the Pre-Funding Account, the Borrower Benefit Account, the Add-On Consolidation Loan Account, the Future Distribution Account, the Floor Income Rebate Account, the Euro Account or the Reserve Account, pursuant to Sections 2.7 and
2.8 of the Administration Agreement shall be made on behalf of the Issuer by the Indenture Trustee or by another Paying Agent, and no amounts so distributed from the Collection Account or any other Trust Account for payments to Noteholders or the
Currency Swap Counterparty shall be paid over to the Issuer except as provided in this Section. 
  

 11 

 On or before the Business Day next preceding each Distribution Date and Redemption Date, the Issuer shall
distribute or cause to be distributed to the Indenture Trustee (or any other Paying Agent) an aggregate sum sufficient to pay the amounts then becoming due under the Notes or the Currency Swap Agreement, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit
of the Persons entitled thereto and (unless the Paying Agent is the Indenture Trustee) shall promptly notify the Indenture Trustee of its action or failure so to act. 
 The Issuer shall cause each Paying Agent other than the Indenture Trustee to execute and deliver to the Indenture Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Indenture Trustee (and if the
Indenture Trustee acts as Paying Agent, it hereby so agrees), subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent will: 
 (i) hold all sums held by it for the payment of amounts due with respect to the Notes or the Currency Swap Agreement in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise
disposed of as herein provided and pay such sums to such Persons as herein provided; 
 (ii) give the Indenture Trustee notice of any
default by the Issuer of which it has actual knowledge (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any payment required to be made with respect to the Notes or the Currency Swap Agreement; 
 (iii) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Indenture Trustee, forthwith pay to the Indenture
Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent; 
 (iv) immediately resign as a Paying Agent and forthwith pay to the Indenture
Trustee all sums held by it in trust for the payments due under the Notes or the Currency Swap Agreement if at any time it ceases to meet the standards required to be met by a Paying Agent at the time of its appointment; and 
 (v) comply with all requirements of the Code with respect to the withholding from any payments made by it on any Notes of any applicable withholding
taxes imposed thereon and with respect to any applicable reporting requirements in connection therewith. 
 The Issuer may at any time, for
the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, by Issuer Order direct any Paying Agent to pay to the Indenture Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the
Indenture Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which the sums were held by such Paying Agent; and upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Indenture Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to
such money. 
 Subject to applicable laws with respect to escheat of funds, any money held by the Indenture Trustee or any Paying Agent in
trust for the payment of any amount due with respect to any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such amount has become due and 

  

 12 

 
payable shall be discharged from such trust and be paid to the Issuer on Issuer Request or if the Issuer has been terminated to the Depositor upon its
written request; and the Noteholder thereof shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof (but only to the extent of the amounts so paid to the Issuer), and all liability of the Indenture Trustee or
such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Indenture Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, shall at the expense and direction of the
Issuer cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in The City of New York and in Luxembourg, so long as any of the Floating Rate Notes or
Class A-4B Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such Exchange so require, or in such other jurisdiction if any of the Notes are listed on another stock exchange of international standing and the rules of such other
exchange so require, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the
Issuer. The Indenture Trustee shall also adopt and employ, at the expense of the Issuer, any other reasonable means of notification of such repayment (including mailing notice of such repayment to Noteholders whose Notes have been called but have
not been surrendered for redemption or whose right to or interest in moneys due and payable but not claimed is determinable from the records of the Indenture Trustee or of any Paying Agent, at the last address of record for each such Noteholder).

 SECTION 3.4 Existence. The Issuer shall keep in full effect its existence, rights and franchises as a statutory trust under
the laws of the State of Delaware (unless it becomes, or any successor Issuer hereunder is or becomes, organized under the laws of any other State or of the United States of America, in which case the Issuer shall keep in full effect its existence,
rights and franchises under the laws of such other jurisdiction) and shall obtain and preserve its qualification to do business in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is or shall be necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of
this Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral and each other instrument or agreement included in the Indenture Trust Estate. 
 SECTION
3.5 Protection of Indenture Trust Estate. The Issuer will from time to time execute and deliver all such supplements and amendments hereto, all such financing statements and continuation statements and will take such other action
necessary or advisable to: 
 (i) maintain or preserve the lien and security interest (and the priority thereof) of this Indenture or
carry out more effectively the purposes hereof; 
 (ii) perfect, publish notice of or protect the validity of any grant made or to be
made by this Indenture; 
 (iii) enforce any of the Collateral; or 
 (iv) preserve and defend title to the Indenture Trust Estate and the rights of the Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders and the Currency Swap
Counterparty in such Indenture Trust Estate against the claims of all persons and parties. 
  

 13 

 The Issuer hereby designates the Indenture Trustee its agent and attorney-in-fact to execute any
financing statement, continuation statement or other instrument required to be executed pursuant to this Section. 
 SECTION
3.6 Opinions as to Indenture Trust Estate. (a) On the Closing Date, the Issuer shall furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect
to the recording and filing of this Indenture as is necessary to perfect and make effective the lien and security interest of this Indenture and reciting the details of such action, or stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such action is
necessary to make such lien and security interest effective. 
 (b) On or before December 31 in each calendar year, beginning in
2007, the Issuer shall furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the recording, filing, re-recording and refiling of this Indenture and any
indentures supplemental hereto as is necessary to maintain the lien and security interest created by this Indenture and relating the details of such action or stating that in the opinion of such counsel no such action is necessary to maintain such
lien and security interest. Such Opinion of Counsel shall also describe the recording, filing, recording and refiling of this Indenture and any indentures supplemental hereto that will, in the opinion of such counsel, be required to maintain the
lien and security interest of this Indenture until December 31 in the following calendar year. 
 SECTION 3.7 Performance of
Obligations; Servicing of Trust Student Loans. 
 (a) The Issuer will not take any action and will use its best efforts not to permit
any action to be taken by others that would release any Person from any of such Person’s material covenants or obligations under any instrument or agreement included in the Indenture Trust Estate or that would result in the amendment,
hypothecation, subordination, termination or discharge of, or impair the validity or effectiveness of, any such instrument or agreement, except as expressly provided in this Indenture, any other Basic Document or such other instrument or agreement.

 (b) The Issuer may contract with other Persons to assist it in performing its duties under this Indenture, and any performance of
such duties by a Person identified to the Indenture Trustee in an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer shall be deemed to be action taken by the Issuer; provided, however, the Issuer shall not be liable for any acts of Persons with
whom the Issuer has contracted with reasonable care. Initially, the Issuer has contracted with the Servicer and the Administrator to assist the Issuer in performing its duties under this Indenture. The Issuer shall give written notice to the
Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency of any such contract with any other Person. 
 (c) The Issuer shall punctually perform and
observe all of its obligations and agreements contained in this Indenture, the other Basic Documents and the instruments and agreements included in the Indenture Trust Estate, including filing or causing to be filed all UCC financing statements and
continuation statements prepared by the Issuer and required to be filed by the terms of this Indenture and the Administration Agreement in accordance with and within the time periods provided for herein and therein. Except as otherwise expressly
provided therein, 

  

 14 

 
the Issuer shall not waive, amend, modify, supplement or terminate any Basic Document or any provision thereof without the consent of the Indenture Trustee
or the Noteholders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes; provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that a transfer or assignment by the Currency Swap Counterparty of any of its interests or obligations in accordance with
the requirements of the Currency Swap Agreement (including the requirement, if applicable, that each Rating Agency then rating the Notes issue written acknowledgment that, notwithstanding such transfer or assignment, the then-current rating of the
Notes will not be downgraded) shall not constitute a waiver, amendment, modification, supplement or termination of the Currency Swap Agreement or any provision thereof and shall not require the consent of the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders of
at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes. The Issuer shall give written notice to each Rating Agency or any such waiver, amendment, modification, supplement or termination that requires the consent of the Indenture Trustee or the
Noteholders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes. 
 (d) If a Responsible Officer of the Issuer shall have
knowledge of the occurrence of a Servicer Default or an Administrator Default under the Servicing Agreement or the Administration Agreement, respectively, the Issuer shall promptly notify the Indenture Trustee and the Rating Agencies thereof, and
shall specify in such notice the action, if any, the Issuer is taking with respect to such default. If a Servicer Default shall arise from the failure of the Servicer to perform any of its duties or obligations under the Servicing Agreement, or an
Administrator Default shall arise from the failure of the Administrator to perform any of its duties or obligations under the Administration Agreement, as the case may be, with respect to the Trust Student Loans, the Issuer shall take all reasonable
steps available to it to enforce its rights under the Basic Documents in respect of such failure. 
 (e) As promptly as possible after
the giving of notice of termination to the Servicer of the Servicer’s rights and powers, pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Servicing Agreement, or to the Administrator of the Administrator’s rights and powers, pursuant to
Section 5.1 of the Administration Agreement, the Issuer shall appoint a successor servicer (the “Successor Servicer”) or a successor administrator (the “Successor Administrator”), respectively, and such Successor Servicer or
Successor Administrator, as the case may be, shall accept its appointment by a written assumption in a form acceptable to the Indenture Trustee. In the event that a Successor Servicer or Successor Administrator has not been appointed and accepted
its appointment at the time when the Servicer or Administrator, as the case may be, ceases to act as Servicer or Administrator, respectively, the Indenture Trustee without further action shall automatically be appointed the Successor Servicer or
Successor Administrator, as the case may be. The Indenture Trustee may resign as the Successor Servicer or the Successor Administrator by giving written notice of resignation to the Issuer and in such event will be released from such duties and
obligations, such release not to be effective until the date a new servicer or a new administrator enters into an agreement with the Issuer as provided below; provided, however, that nothing herein shall require or permit the Indenture
Trustee to act as Servicer, or otherwise service the Trust Student Loans, in violation of the Higher Education Act. Upon delivery of any such notice to the Issuer, the Issuer shall obtain a new servicer as the Successor Servicer under the Servicing
Agreement or a new administrator as the Successor Administrator under the Administration Agreement, as the case may be. Any Successor Servicer or Successor Administrator, other than the Indenture Trustee, shall (i) be an established institution
(A) that 

  

 15 

 
satisfies any requirements of the Higher Education Act applicable to servicers and (B) whose regular business includes the servicing or administration
of student loans and (ii) enter into a servicing agreement or an administration agreement, respectively, with the Issuer having substantially the same provisions as the provisions of the Servicing Agreement and the Administration Agreement, as
applicable. If within 30 days after the delivery of the notice referred to above, the Issuer shall not have obtained such a new servicer or new administrator, as the case may be, the Indenture Trustee may appoint, or may petition a court of
competent jurisdiction to appoint, a Successor Servicer or Successor Administrator; provided, however, that such right to appoint or to petition for the appointment of any such successor shall in no event relieve the Indenture Trustee
from any obligations otherwise imposed on it under the Basic Documents until such successor has in fact assumed such appointment. In connection with any such appointment, the Indenture Trustee may make such arrangements for the compensation of such
successor as it and such successor shall agree, subject to the limitations set forth below and in the Servicing Agreement or Administration Agreement, as applicable, and in accordance with Section 5.2 of the Servicing Agreement and
Section 5.2 of the Administration Agreement, the Issuer shall enter into an agreement with such successor for the servicing or administration of the Trust Student Loans (such agreement to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Indenture
Trustee). If the Indenture Trustee shall succeed as provided herein to the Servicer’s duties as Servicer with respect to the Trust Student Loans, or the Administrator’s duties with respect to the Issuer and the Trust Student Loans, as the
case may be, it shall do so in its individual capacity and not in its capacity as Indenture Trustee and, accordingly, the provisions of Article VI hereof shall be inapplicable to the Indenture Trustee in its duties as the successor to the Servicer
or the Administrator, as the case may be, and the servicing or administration of the Trust Student Loans. In case the Indenture Trustee shall become successor to the Servicer or the Administrator, the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to appoint
as Servicer or as Administrator, as the case may be, any one of its Affiliates, provided that such appointment shall not affect or alter in any way the liability of the Indenture Trustee as Successor Servicer or Successor Administrator,
respectively, in accordance with the terms hereof. 
 (f) Upon any termination of the Servicer’s rights and powers pursuant to the
Servicing Agreement, or any termination of the Administrator’s rights and powers pursuant to the Administration Agreement, as the case may be, the Issuer shall promptly notify the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency. As soon as a Successor
Servicer or a Successor Administrator is appointed, the Issuer shall notify the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency of such appointment, specifying in such notice the name and address of such Successor Servicer or such Successor Administrator.

 (g) As promptly as possible upon the occurrence of an Event of Default or Termination Event under the Currency Swap Agreement, the
Issuer shall hire or appoint a broker in order to obtain a Replacement Transaction or a Letter of Credit Transaction according to the terms of the Currency Swap Agreement, and such broker shall accept its appointment by a written assumption in a
form acceptable to the Issuer. In connection with any such appointment, the Issuer may make such arrangements for the compensation of such broker as it and such broker shall agree, and the Issuer shall be entitled to reimbursement in full for such
expenses as provided in Section 6.7 hereof. 
  

 16 

 (h) Without derogating from the absolute nature of the assignment granted to the Indenture Trustee
under this Indenture or the rights of the Indenture Trustee hereunder, the Issuer agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders of at least a majority in Outstanding Amount of the Notes,
amend, modify, waive, supplement, terminate or surrender, or agree to any amendment, modification, supplement, termination, waiver or surrender of, the terms of any Collateral or the Basic Documents, except to the extent otherwise provided in the
Basic Documents, or waive timely performance or observance by the Servicer, the Administrator, the Depositor, any Excess Distribution Certificateholder, SLM ECFC, VG Funding, the Issuer or the Eligible Lender Trustee under the Basic Documents;
provided, however, that no such amendment shall (i) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, distributions that are required to be made for the benefit of the Noteholders, or
(ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of the Notes which are required to consent to any such amendment, without the consent of the Noteholders of all the Outstanding Notes. If any such amendment, modification, supplement or waiver shall be so
consented to by the Indenture Trustee or such Noteholders, the Issuer shall give written notice thereof to each Rating Agency and agrees, promptly following a request by the Indenture Trustee to do so, to execute and deliver, in its own name and at
its own expense, such agreements, instruments, consents and other documents as the Indenture Trustee may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances. 
 SECTION 3.8 Negative Covenants. So long as any Notes are Outstanding, the Issuer shall not: 
 (i) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture or any other Basic Document, sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the properties or assets of the Issuer, including those included in the Indenture Trust Estate,
unless directed to do so by the Indenture Trustee; 
 (ii) claim any credit on, or make any deduction from the principal or interest
payable in respect of, the Notes (other than amounts properly withheld from such payments under the Code or applicable state law) or assert any claim against any present or former Noteholder by reason of the payment of the taxes levied or assessed
upon any part of the Indenture Trust Estate; and 
 (iii) (A) permit the validity or effectiveness of this Indenture to be impaired, or
permit the lien of this Indenture to be amended, hypothecated, subordinated, terminated or discharged, or permit any Person to be released from any covenants or obligations with respect to the Notes under this Indenture except as may be expressly
permitted hereby, (B) permit any lien, charge, excise, claim, security interest, mortgage or other encumbrance (other than the lien of this Indenture) to be created on or extend to or otherwise arise upon or burden the Indenture Trust Estate or
any part thereof or any interest therein or the proceeds thereof (other than tax liens and other liens that arise by operation of law, and other than as expressly permitted by the Basic Documents) or (C) permit the lien of this Indenture not to
constitute a valid first priority (other than with respect to any such tax or other lien) security interest in the Indenture Trust Estate. 
  

 17 

 SECTION 3.9 Annual Statement as to Compliance. The Issuer will deliver to the Indenture
Trustee and each Rating Agency, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2007), an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer stating that: 
 (i) a review of the activities of the Issuer during such year and of performance under this Indenture has been made under such Authorized
Officers’ supervision; 
 (ii) to the best of such Authorized Officers’ knowledge, based on such review, the Issuer has
complied with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture throughout such year, or, if there has been a default in the compliance of any such condition or covenant, specifying each such default known to such Authorized Officers and the nature
and status thereof; and 
 (iii) enter into any amendment to the Currency Swap Agreement to cure any ambiguity in, or to correct or
supplement any provision of the Currency Swap Agreement, unless the Issuer has determined, and the Indenture Trustee has agreed in writing at the written direction of the Issuer, that the amendment will not materially adversely affect the interests
of the Noteholders and provided that the Issuer has provided reasonable notice to the Rating Agencies of such amendment and the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. 
 SECTION 3.10 Issuer May Consolidate, etc., Only on Certain Terms. 
 (a) The Issuer shall not consolidate or merge with or into any other Person, unless: 
 (i) the Person (if other than the Issuer) formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger shall be a Person organized and existing under the laws
of the United States of America or any State and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Indenture Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the
principal of, and interest, if any, on all Notes and the performance or observance of every agreement and covenant of this Indenture and the other Basic Documents on the part of the Issuer to be performed or observed, all as provided herein;

 (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 
 (iii) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to such transaction; 
 (iv) the Issuer shall have received an Opinion of Counsel (and shall have delivered copies thereof to the Indenture Trustee) to the effect that such
transaction will not have any material adverse Federal or Delaware state tax consequence to the Issuer or any Noteholder or the Currency Swap Counterparty; 
 (v) any action as is necessary to maintain the lien and security interest created by this Indenture shall have been taken; and 
  

 18 

 (vi) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Indenture Trustee an Officers’ Certificate of the
Issuer and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation or merger and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article III and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with
(including any filing required by the Exchange Act). 
 (b) The Issuer shall not convey or transfer all or substantially all of its
properties or assets, including those included in the Indenture Trust Estate, to any Person, unless: 
 (i) the Person that acquires by
conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of the Issuer the conveyance or transfer of which is hereby restricted shall (A) be a United States citizen or a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or
any State, (B) expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Indenture Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and interest, if any, on all
Notes and the performance or observance of every agreement and covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Issuer to be performed or observed, all as provided herein, (C) expressly agree by means of such supplemental indenture that all right,
title and interest so conveyed or transferred shall be subject and subordinate to the rights of Noteholders and the Currency Swap Counterparty, (D) unless otherwise provided in such supplemental indenture, expressly agree to indemnify, defend
and hold harmless the Issuer against and from any loss, liability or expense arising under or related to this Indenture and the Notes and (E) expressly agree by means of such supplemental indenture that such Person (or if a group of Persons,
then one specified Person) shall make all filings with the Commission (and any other appropriate Person) required by the Exchange Act in connection with the Notes; 
 (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 
 (iii) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to such transaction; 
 (iv) the Issuer shall
have received an Opinion of Counsel (and shall have delivered copies thereof to the Indenture Trustee) to the effect that such transaction will not have any material adverse Federal or Delaware state tax consequence to the Issuer or any Noteholder;

 (v) any action as is necessary to maintain the lien and security interest created by this Indenture shall have been taken; and

 (vi) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Indenture Trustee an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer and an Opinion of Counsel
each stating that such conveyance or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article III and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with (including any filing required by
the Exchange Act). 
 SECTION 3.11 Successor or Transferee. (a) Upon any consolidation or merger of the Issuer in accordance
with Section 3.10(a), the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture with the same
effect as if such Person had been named as the Issuer herein. 
  

 19 

 (b) Upon a conveyance or transfer of all the assets and properties of the Issuer pursuant to
Section 3.10(b), SLM Student Loan Trust 2007-4 will be released from every covenant and agreement of this Indenture to be observed or performed on the part of the Issuer with respect to the Notes immediately upon the delivery by the Issuer of
written notice to the Indenture Trustee stating that SLM Student Loan Trust 2007-4 is to be so released. 
 SECTION 3.12 No Other
Business. The Issuer shall not engage in any business other than financing, purchasing, owning, selling and managing the Trust Student Loans and the other assets of the Issuer and related proceeds thereof in addition to entering into the
Currency Swap Agreement on the Closing Date or any amendments or replacements thereto, in the manner contemplated by this Indenture and the other Basic Documents and activities incidental thereto. 
 SECTION 3.13 No Borrowing. The Issuer shall not issue, incur, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable, directly or indirectly, for any
indebtedness except for the Notes. 
 SECTION 3.14 Obligations of Servicer and Administrator. The Issuer shall cause the Servicer
to comply with Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 of the Administration Agreement and Section 3.7 of the Servicing Agreement and the Administrator to comply with Sections 2.11, 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 of the Administration Agreement. 
 SECTION 3.15 Guarantees, Loans, Advances and Other Liabilities. Except as contemplated by this Indenture and the other Basic Documents, the
Issuer shall not make any loan or advance or credit to, or guarantee (directly or indirectly or by an instrument having the effect of assuring another’s payment or performance on any obligation or capability of so doing or otherwise), endorse
or otherwise become contingently liable, directly or indirectly, in connection with the obligations, stocks or dividends of, or own, purchase, repurchase or acquire (or agree contingently to do so) any stock, obligations, assets or securities of, or
any other interest in, or make any capital contribution to, any other Person. 
 SECTION 3.16 Capital Expenditures. The Issuer
shall not make any expenditure (by long-term or operating lease or otherwise) for capital assets (either realty or personalty). 
 SECTION
3.17 Restricted Payments. The Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) pay any dividend or make any distribution (by reduction of capital or otherwise), whether in cash, property, securities or a combination thereof, to the
Eligible Lender Trustee or any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or otherwise with respect to any ownership or equity interest or security in or of the Issuer or to the Servicer or the Administrator, (ii) redeem, purchase, retire or
otherwise acquire for value any such ownership or equity interest or security or (iii) set aside or otherwise segregate any amounts for any such purpose; provided, however, that the Issuer may make, or cause to be made,
distributions to the Servicer, the Eligible Lender Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders, the Currency Swap Counterparty, the 

  

 20 

 
Administrator, the Depositor and the Excess Distribution Certificateholder as contemplated by, and to the extent funds are available for such purpose under,
this Indenture and the other Basic Documents. The Issuer will not, directly or indirectly, make payments to or distributions from the Collection Account except in accordance with this Indenture and the other Basic Documents. 
 SECTION 3.18 Notice of Events of Default. The Issuer shall give the Indenture Trustee, the Currency Swap Counterparty and the Rating Agencies
prompt written notice of each Event of Default hereunder. The Issuer shall give the Indenture Trustee, the Currency Swap Counterparty and the Rating Agencies prompt written notice of each default on the part of (i) the Depositor of its
obligations under the Sale Agreement, (ii) SLM ECFC of its obligations under the SLM ECFC Purchase Agreement, (iii) VG Funding of its obligations under the VG Funding Purchase Agreement, (iv) the Servicer of its obligations under the
Servicing Agreement, or (v) the Administrator of its obligations under the Administration Agreement. In addition, the Issuer shall deliver to the Indenture Trustee, the Currency Swap Counterparty and each Rating Agency, within five days after
the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer of any event which with the giving of notice and the lapse of time would become an Event of Default under Section 5.1(iii), its status and what
action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 SECTION 3.19 Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request
of the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 3.20 Representations and Warranties. The Issuer represents and warrants to the Indenture Trustee that, as of the Closing Date:

 (a) this Indenture creates a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the applicable UCC) in the Trust Student Loans in
favor of the Indenture Trustee, which security interest is prior to all other security interests, liens, charges, claims, offsets, defenses, counterclaims or encumbrances, and is enforceable as such as against creditors of and purchasers from the
Issuer and Eligible Lender Trustee; 
 (b) the Trust Student Loans constitute “Accounts” within the meaning of the applicable
UCC and are within the coverage of Section 432(m)(1)(E) and 439(d)(3) of the Higher Education Act; 
 (c) the Issuer has caused or
will have caused, within thirty days, the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest in the Trust Student Loans granted
to the Indenture Trustee hereunder. 
 (d) the Eligible Lender Trustee owns and has legal title to the Trust Student Loans which, except
for the beneficial interest of the Issuer and any obligations created pursuant to this Indenture, are free and clear of any Lien, claim or encumbrance of any Person; and 
  

 21 

 (e) other than the security interest granted to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Agreement,
the Eligible Lender Trustee has not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed any interest in the Trust Student Loans. The Trust has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements
against the Eligible Lender Trustee that include a description of collateral covering the Trust Student Loans other than any financing statement relating to the beneficial interest of the Issuer and the security interest granted to the Indenture
Trustee hereunder or that has been terminated. The Trust is not aware of any judgment or tax lien filings against the Trust. 
 ARTICLE IV 

 Satisfaction and Discharge 
 SECTION 4.1 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. This Indenture shall cease to be of further effect with respect to the Notes except as to (i) rights of registration of transfer and exchange, (ii) substitution of
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, (iii) rights of Noteholders to receive payments of principal thereof and interest thereon, (iv) Sections 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.8, 3.10, 3.12 and 3.13, (v) the rights, obligations and immunities
of the Indenture Trustee hereunder (including, without limitation, the rights of the Indenture Trustee under Section 6.7 and the obligations of the Indenture Trustee under Section 4.2) and (vi) the rights of Noteholders as
beneficiaries hereof with respect to the property so deposited with the Indenture Trustee payable to all or any of them, and the Indenture Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes, when: 
 (a) either 
 (1) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been replaced or
paid as provided in Section 2.5 and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust, as provided in
Section 3.3) have been delivered to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation; or 
 (2) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the
Indenture Trustee for cancellation: 
 (i) have become due and payable, 
 (ii) will become due and payable at their respective Note Final Maturity Date, within one year, or 
 (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by
the Indenture Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the Indenture Trustee cash or direct
obligations of or obligations guaranteed by the United States of America (which will mature prior to the date such amounts are payable), in trust for such purpose, in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes
not theretofore delivered to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation when due to the Note Final Maturity Date; 
  

 22 

 (b) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Issuer; and

 (c) the Issuer has delivered to the Indenture Trustee an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer, an Opinion of Counsel and (if
required by the TIA or the Indenture Trustee) an Independent Certificate from a firm of certified public accountants, each meeting the applicable requirements of Section 11.1(a) and, subject to Section 11.2, each stating that all
conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. 
 SECTION
4.2 Application of Trust Money. All moneys deposited with the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the
payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent, as the Indenture Trustee may determine, to the Noteholders of the particular Notes or the Currency Swap Counterparty, as applicable, for the payment or redemption of which such moneys have been
deposited with the Indenture Trustee, of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal and interest; but such moneys need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required herein or in the Administration Agreement or required
by law. 
 SECTION 4.3 Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying Agent. In connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this
Indenture with respect to the Notes, all moneys then held by any Paying Agent other than the Indenture Trustee under the provisions of this Indenture with respect to such Notes shall, upon demand of the Issuer, be paid to the Indenture Trustee to be
held and applied according to Section 3.3 and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys. 
 SECTION 4.4 Auction of Trust Student Loans. On the date (the “Trust Auction Date”) that is three Business Days prior to the Distribution Date immediately following the end of the first Collection
Period when the Pool Balance is equal to 10% or less of the sum of (i) the Initial Pool Balance and (ii) the aggregate initial principal balance of all Additional Trust Student Loans acquired using funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding
Account, including accrued interest to be capitalized, as of their respective Subsequent Cutoff Dates, any Trust Student Loans remaining in the Trust shall be offered for sale by the Indenture Trustee unless the Servicer has exercised its option to
purchase the Trust Estate as described in Section 6.1(a) of the Administration Agreement with respect to such Quarterly Distribution Date. The Servicer will be deemed to have waived such option if it fails to notify the Eligible Lender Trustee
and the Indenture Trustee of its exercise thereof in writing prior to the Indenture Trustee’s acceptance of a bid to purchase such Trust Student Loans; provided, however, that there shall be no such offer for sale if the Indenture
Trustee fails to provide notice to the Servicer in accordance with this Section 4.4. The Indenture Trustee shall provide written notice to the Servicer of any such offer for sale at least five (5) Business Days in advance of the Trust
Auction Date. The Indenture Trustee shall permit the Depositor or any of its Affiliates, including SLM ECFC, VG Funding and the Servicer, to offer bids only if the Pool Balance as 

  

 23 

 
of the applicable Trust Auction Date is equal to 10% or less of the sum of (i) the Initial Pool Balance and (ii) the aggregate initial principal
balance of all Additional Trust Student Loans acquired using funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account, including accrued interest to be capitalized, as of their respective Subsequent Cutoff Dates, and such bid does not exceed the fair market
value of the Trust Student Loans as of the Trust Auction Date. If at least two bids are received, the Indenture Trustee shall solicit and resolicit new bids from all participating bidders until only one bid remains or the remaining bidders decline
to resubmit bids. The Indenture Trustee shall accept the highest of such remaining bids if it is equal to or in excess of both (i) the Minimum Purchase Amount (plus any amounts owed to the Currency Swap Counterparty for Swap Payments and Swap
Termination Payments and any Carryover Servicing Fees) and (ii) the fair market value of such Trust Student Loans as of the end of the Collection Period immediately preceding the Trust Auction Date. If at least two bids are not received or the
highest bid after the resolicitation process is completed is not equal to or in excess of the higher of (i) the Minimum Purchase Amount (plus any amounts owed to the Servicer for any Carryover Servicing Fees) and (ii) the fair market value
of the Trust Student Loans, the Indenture Trustee shall not consummate such sale. The Indenture Trustee may consult, and, at the direction of the Depositor, shall consult, with a financial advisor, including an Underwriter of the Notes or the
Administrator, to determine if the fair market value of the Trust Student Loans has been offered. The proceeds of any such sale will be paid at the time set forth in Section 2.6 of the Administration Agreement and applied in the order of
priority set forth in Section 5.4(b). If the sale is not consummated in accordance with the foregoing, the Indenture Trustee may, but shall not be under any obligation to, solicit bids for sale of the Trust Student Loans with respect to future
Distribution Dates upon terms similar to those described above, including the Servicer’s waiver of its option to purchase the Trust Estate in accordance with Section 6.1(a) of the Administration Agreement with respect to each such future
Distribution Date. 
 ARTICLE V  
 Remedies 
 SECTION 5.1 Events of Default. “Event of Default,” wherever used herein, means any one of
the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any
administrative or governmental body): 
 (i) default in the payment of any interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable,
and such default shall continue for a period of five days; or 
 (ii) default in the payment of the principal of any Note when the same
becomes due and payable on the related Note Final Maturity Date; or 
 (iii) default in the observance or performance of any covenant or
agreement of the Issuer made in this Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement, a default in the observance or performance of which is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), or any representation or warranty of the Issuer made in
this Indenture or in any certificate or other 

  

 24 

 
writing having been incorrect in any material respect as of the time when made, such default or breach having a material adverse effect on the holders of the
Notes, and such default or breach shall continue or not be cured, or the circumstance or condition in respect of which such misrepresentation or warranty was incorrect shall not have been eliminated or otherwise cured, for a period of 30 days after
there shall have been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Issuer by the Indenture Trustee or to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee by the Noteholders of at least 25% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, a written notice specifying
such default or incorrect representation or warranty and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a notice of Default hereunder; or 
 (iv) the filing of a decree or order for relief by a court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of the Issuer or any substantial part of the Indenture Trust Estate in an involuntary case under any
applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Issuer or for any substantial part of the
Indenture Trust Estate, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the Issuer’s affairs, and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or 
 (v) the commencement by the Issuer of a voluntary case under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or
hereafter in effect, or the consent by the Issuer to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or the consent by the Issuer to the appointment or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian,
trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Issuer or for any substantial part of the Indenture Trust Estate, or the making by the Issuer of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the failure by the Issuer generally to pay its
debts as such debts become due, or the taking of action by the Issuer in furtherance of any of the foregoing. 
 SECTION
5.2 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment. If an Event of Default should occur and be continuing, then and in every such case the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders representing at least a majority of the Outstanding
Amount of the Notes may declare all the Notes to be immediately due and payable, by a notice in writing to the Issuer (and to the Indenture Trustee if given by Noteholders), and upon any such declaration the unpaid principal amount of such Notes,
together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the date of acceleration, shall become immediately due and payable, subject, however, to Section 5.4 of this Indenture. 
 At any time after such declaration of acceleration of maturity has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been
obtained by the Indenture Trustee as hereinafter in this Article V provided, the Noteholders of Notes representing at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, by written notice to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, may rescind and
annul such declaration and its consequences if: 
 (i) the Issuer has paid or deposited with the Indenture Trustee a sum sufficient to
pay: 
 (a) all payments of principal of and interest on all Notes and all other amounts that would then be due hereunder or
upon such Notes if the Event of Default giving rise to such acceleration had not occurred; and 
  

 25 

 (b) all sums paid or advanced by the Indenture Trustee hereunder and the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Indenture Trustee and its agents and counsel; and 
 (ii) all Events of
Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of the Notes that has become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.12. 
 No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereto. 
 SECTION 5.3 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Indenture Trustee. The Issuer covenants that if (i) default is made
in the payment of any interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of five days, or (ii) default is made in the payment of the principal of any Note when the same becomes due and payable at
the related Note Final Maturity Date, the Issuer shall, upon demand of the Indenture Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Noteholders, the whole amount then due and payable on such Notes for principal and interest, with interest upon the
overdue principal, and, to the extent payment at such rate of interest shall be legally enforceable, upon overdue installments of interest, at the rate specified in Section 2.7 and in addition thereto such further amount as shall be sufficient
to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Indenture Trustee and its agents and counsel. 
 (a) In case the Issuer shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand, the Indenture Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an
express trust, may institute a Proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such Proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Issuer or other obligor upon such Notes and collect in
the manner provided by law out of the property of the Issuer or other obligor upon such Notes, wherever situated, the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable. 
 (b) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Indenture Trustee may, as more particularly provided in Section 5.4, in its discretion, proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of
the Noteholders and the Currency Swap Counterparty by such appropriate Proceedings as the Indenture Trustee shall deem most effective to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this
Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy or legal or equitable right vested in the Indenture Trustee by this Indenture or by law. 
 (c) In case there shall be pending, relative to the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Person having or claiming an ownership
interest in the Indenture Trust Estate, Proceedings under Title 11 of the United States Code or any other applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, or in case a receiver, assignee or trustee in 

  

 26 

 
bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official shall have been appointed for or taken possession of the Issuer or its property or
such other obligor or Person, or in case of any other, comparable judicial Proceedings relative to the Issuer or other obligor upon the Notes, or to the creditors or property of the Issuer or such other obligor, the Indenture Trustee, irrespective
of whether the principal of any Notes shall then be due and payable, as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Indenture Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section, shall
be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise: 
 (i) to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole
amount of principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Indenture Trustee (including any claim for reasonable
compensation to the Indenture Trustee and each predecessor Indenture Trustee, and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and for reimbursement of all expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Indenture Trustee and
each predecessor Indenture Trustee, except as a result of negligence or bad faith) and of the Noteholders allowed in such Proceedings; 
 (ii) unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations, to vote on behalf of the Noteholders (and, if applicable, the Currency Swap Counterparty) in any election of a trustee, a standby trustee or Person performing similar functions
in any such Proceedings; 
 (iii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to
distribute all amounts received with respect to the claims of the Noteholders, the Currency Swap Counterparty and the Indenture Trustee on their behalf; and 
 (iv) to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Indenture Trustee, the Currency Swap Counterparty or the Noteholders allowed in
any judicial Proceedings relative to the Issuer, its creditors and its property; 
 and any trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar
official in any such Proceeding is hereby authorized by each of such Noteholders and the Currency Swap Counterparty to make payments to the Indenture Trustee, and, in the event that the Indenture Trustee shall consent to the making of payments
directly to such Noteholders and the Currency Swap Counterparty to pay to the Indenture Trustee such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Indenture Trustee, each predecessor Indenture Trustee and their respective
agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Indenture Trustee and each predecessor Indenture Trustee except as a result of negligence or bad faith. 
 (d) Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Indenture Trustee to authorize or consent to or vote for or accept or adopt on behalf
of any Noteholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Noteholder thereof or to authorize the Indenture Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder in any such
proceeding except, as aforesaid, to vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar Person. 
  

 27 

 (e) All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any of the Notes,
may be enforced by the Indenture Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any trial or other Proceedings relative thereto, and any such action or Proceedings instituted by the Indenture Trustee shall be brought
in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment, subject to the payment of the expenses, disbursements and compensation of the Indenture Trustee, each predecessor Indenture Trustee and their respective agents and
attorneys, shall be for the ratable benefit of the Noteholders, and after the Notes have been paid in full, and subject to the provisions of Section 11.19, the Currency Swap Counterparty. 
 (f) In any Proceedings brought by the Indenture Trustee (and also any Proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to
which the Indenture Trustee shall be a party), the Indenture Trustee shall be held to represent all the Noteholders, and it shall not be necessary to make any Noteholder and the Currency Swap Counterparty a party to any such Proceedings. 

SECTION 5.4 Remedies; Priorities. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Indenture Trustee may do one or more
of the following (subject to Section 5.5): 
 (a) (i) institute Proceedings in its own name and as trustee of an express trust
for the collection of all amounts then payable on the Notes or under this Indenture with respect thereto, whether by declaration or otherwise, enforce any judgment obtained, and collect from the Issuer and any other obligor upon such Notes moneys
adjudged due; 
 (ii) institute Proceedings from time to time for the complete or partial foreclosure of this Indenture, with respect to
the Indenture Trust Estate; 
 (iii) exercise any remedies of a secured party under the UCC with respect to the Trust Estate and take
any other appropriate action to protect and enforce the rights and remedies of the Indenture Trustee, the Currency Swap Counterparty and the Noteholders; 
 (iv) sell the Indenture Trust Estate or any portion thereof or rights or interest therein, at one or more public or private sales called and conducted in any manner permitted by law; and/or 
 (v) elect to have the Eligible Lender Trustee maintain ownership of the Trust Student Loans and continue to apply collections with respect to the
Trust Student Loans as if there had been no declaration of acceleration; 
 provided, however, that the Indenture Trustee may not sell or
otherwise liquidate the Indenture Trust Estate following an Event of Default, other than an Event of Default described in Section 5.1(i) or (ii) with respect to the Class A Notes, unless (A) the Noteholders of 100% of the
Outstanding Amount of the Class A Notes consent thereto, (B) the proceeds of such sale or liquidation distributable to the Class A Noteholders are sufficient to discharge in full all amounts 

  

 28 

 
then due and unpaid upon such Class A Notes for principal and interest or (C) the Indenture Trustee determines that the Indenture Trust Estate will
not continue to provide sufficient funds for the payment of principal of and interest on the Class A Notes as would have become due if the Class A Notes had not been declared due and payable, and the Indenture Trustee obtains the consent
of Noteholders of 66- 2/3% of the Outstanding Amount of the Class A Notes; provided, further,
that the Indenture Trustee may not sell or otherwise liquidate the Indenture Trust Estate following an Event of Default, other than an Event of Default described in Section 5.1(i) or (ii) with respect to the Class A Notes, unless
(D) the proceeds of such sale or liquidation distributable to the Class B Noteholders plus the proceeds of the sale or liquidation of the Trust Estate distributable to the Class B Noteholders are sufficient to pay to the Class B Noteholders the
Outstanding Amount of the Class B Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon or (E) after receipt of notice from the Eligible Lender Trustee that the proceeds of such sale or liquidation distributable to the Class B Noteholders plus
the proceeds of the sale or liquidation of the Trust Estate distributable to the Class B Noteholders would not be sufficient to pay to the Class B Noteholders the outstanding principal plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, the Class B
Noteholders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Class B Notes consent thereto. In determining such sufficiency or insufficiency with respect to clauses (B), (C), (D) and (E), the Indenture Trustee may, but need not, obtain
and rely upon an opinion of an Independent investment banking or accounting firm of national reputation as to the feasibility of such proposed action and as to the sufficiency of the Indenture Trust Estate and/or Trust Estate, as applicable, for
such purpose. 
 (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.8 of the Administration Agreement, following the occurrence
and during the continuation of an Event of Default which has resulted in an acceleration of the Notes, if the Indenture Trustee collects any money or property, it shall pay out, on each Quarterly Distribution Date, the money or property (and other
amounts including amounts, if any, held on deposit in each of the Trust Accounts, other than the Future Distribution Account) held as Collateral for the benefit of the Noteholders, net of liquidation costs associated with the sale of the assets of
the Trust, in the following order: 
 FIRST: pro rata, to the Indenture Trustee for amounts due under Section 6.7 and to the Eligible
Lender Trustee for amounts due under Section 8.1 of the Trust Agreement (but, in each case, only to the extent not paid by the Administrator or the Depositor); 
 SECOND: to the Servicer for due and unpaid Primary Servicing Fees; 
 THIRD: to the Administrator, any due
and unpaid Administration Fees; 
 FOURTH: pro rata, to the Auction Agent and the Broker-Dealers their respective fees that are due and
payable on such Quarterly Distribution Date to the extent that such Quarterly Distribution Date is also an Auction Rate Distribution Date; 
 FIFTH: pro rata, based on the aggregate principal balance of the Class A Notes (other than the Class A-4B Notes), the U.S. Dollar equivalent of the aggregate principal balance of the Class A-4B Notes, and the amount of
any Swap Termination Payments and Swap Interest Payments due and payable by the Issuer to the Currency Swap Counterparty under this clause FIFTH: 
  

	 	A:	to the Noteholders of the LIBOR-Based Class A Notes, the Class A Noteholders’ Interest Distribution Amount, pro rata, based on the amounts payable as Class A
Noteholders’ Interest Distribution Amount; 

  

 29 

	 	B:	if a Currency Swap Agreement is then in effect for the Class A-4B Noteholders with respect to interest payments to be made to such Noteholders, to the Currency Swap
Counterparty, the amount of any Swap Interest Payments due and payable by the Issuer; 

  

	 	C:	if the Currency Swap Agreement with respect to the Class A-4B Notes has been terminated, to the Currency Swap Counterparty, the amount of any Swap Termination Payment due to
the Currency Swap Counterparty due to an Event of Default under the Currency Swap Agreement resulting from (i) a “Failure to Pay or Deliver” by the Issuer under Section 5(a)(i) of the Currency Swap Agreement or (ii) a
“Bankruptcy” of the Issuer under Section 5(a)(vii) of the Currency Swap Agreement (as each such Event of Default is defined in the Currency Swap Agreement); provided, that if any amounts allocable to the Class A Notes are not
needed to pay the Class A Noteholders’ Interest Distribution Amount as of such Distribution Date, such amounts will be applied to pay the portion, if any, of any Swap Termination Payment referred to in this clause FIFTH (c) remaining
unpaid; 

 SIXTH: pro rata, based on the Outstanding Amount of the Class A Notes (other than the Class A-4B Notes)
and the U.S. Dollar equivalent of the Outstanding Amount of the Class A-4B Notes: 
 (1) to the Class A Noteholders (other than
the Class A-4B Noteholders), ratably, an amount sufficient to reduce the respective principal balance of such Class A Notes to zero, and 
 (2) to the Currency Swap Counterparty (for payment to the Class A-4B Noteholders) an amount sufficient to reduce the U.S. Dollar Notional Principal Balance of the Class A-4B Notes to zero; 
 SEVENTH: to the Class B Noteholders, ratably, the Class B Noteholders’ Interest Distribution Amount; provided that if such Quarterly Distribution
Date is not also an Auction Rate Distribution Date for the Auction Rate Notes, no amounts will be paid or allocated at this SEVENTH priority to the Auction Rate Notes; 
 EIGHTH: to the Class B Noteholders, ratably, an amount sufficient to reduce the respective principal balances of the Class B Notes to zero; provided that if such Quarterly Distribution Date is not also an Auction Rate
Distribution Date for the Auction Rate Notes, all amounts allocated with respect to the Auction Rate Notes will be deposited into the Future Distribution Account for payment on the next Auction Rate Distribution Date; 
 NINTH: to the Servicer, for any unpaid Carryover Servicing Fees; 
  

 30 

 TENTH: to the Auction Rate Noteholders, any Carry-over Amounts; provided that if such Quarterly
Distribution Date is not also an Auction Rate Distribution Date for the class of Auction Rate Notes, all amounts allocated with respect to the class of Auction Rate Notes will be deposited into the Future Distribution Account for payment on the next
related Auction Rate Distribution Date; 
 ELEVENTH: to the Currency Swap Counterparty, the amount of any Swap Termination Payment due to the
Currency Swap Counterparty by the Issuer and not payable in clause FIFTH (C) above; 
 TWELFTH: to the extent not applied to make an
upfront or other payment to an interest rate cap counterparty under an interest rate cap agreement pursuant to Section 2.1(pp) of the Administration Agreement, to the Excess Distribution Certificateholder, any remaining funds after application
of the preceding clauses. 
 Amounts that would be paid to the Currency Swap Counterparty pursuant to clauses FIFTH(B) and SIXTH(2) above
will be determined on the third Business Day preceding each Distribution Date and will be paid by the Trust to the Currency Swap Counterparty on the third Business Day preceding each Distribution Date. 
 To the extent such Distribution Date will not coincide with a Quarterly Distribution Date, the Indenture Trustee may fix a record date and payment date
for any payment to Noteholders pursuant to this subsection. At least 15 days before such record date, the Indenture Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder and the Issuer a notice that states the record date, the payment date and the amount to be
paid. 
 (c) Following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, which has resulted in an acceleration of the Notes,
required monthly allocations to be made on each Monthly Allocation Date will continue to made to the Future Distribution Account, as provided in Section 2.8A of the Administration Agreement, but only to the extent that the Indenture Trustee has
collected money or property for such purposes and on the next succeeding Quarterly Distribution Date that is not also an Auction Rate Distribution Date, all money on deposit in the Future Distribution Date required to be distributed on such
Quarterly Distribution Date shall be withdrawn and made part of the funds distributed in subsection 5.4(b) above. All amounts owed to the Auction Agent, Broker-Dealers and Auction Rate Noteholders, as applicable, will be distributed to the Auction
Agent, Broker-Dealers and the applicable Noteholders on the next related Auction Rate Distribution Date (if it is not a Quarterly Distribution Date) with funds allocated for such purpose on deposit in the Future Distribution Account; provided
that, following the occurrence of an Event of Default, which has resulted in an irrevocable acceleration of the Notes, any final distribution of Trust assets will be made in or the order of the priorities set forth in subsection 5.4(b) above for
immediate distribution directly to the applicable entities or Noteholders without any deposits being made into the Future Distribution Account. 
 SECTION 5.5 Optional Preservation of the Trust Student Loans. If the Notes have been declared to be due and payable under Section 5.2 following an Event of Default and such declaration and its consequences have not been
rescinded and annulled, the Indenture 

  

 31 

 
Trustee may, but need not, elect to maintain possession of the Indenture Trust Estate. It is the desire of the parties hereto and the Noteholders that there
be at all times sufficient funds for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes, and the Indenture Trustee shall take such desire into account when determining whether or not to maintain possession of the Indenture Trust Estate. In
determining whether to maintain possession of the Indenture Trust Estate, the Indenture Trustee may, but need not, obtain and rely upon an opinion of an Independent investment banking or accounting firm of national reputation as to the feasibility
of such proposed action and as to the sufficiency of the Indenture Trust Estate for such purpose. 
 SECTION 5.6 Limitation of
Suits. No Noteholder shall have any right to institute any Proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless: 
 (i) such Noteholder has previously given written notice to the Indenture Trustee of a continuing Event of Default; 
 (ii) the Noteholders of not less than 25% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes have made written request to the Indenture Trustee to institute
such Proceeding in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Indenture Trustee hereunder; 
 (iii) such Noteholder or
Noteholders have offered to the Indenture Trustee reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in complying with such request; 
 (iv) the Indenture Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute such Proceeding; and 
 (v) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Indenture Trustee during such 60-day period by the Noteholders of at
least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes; 
 it being understood and intended that no one or more Noteholders shall have any right in any
manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Noteholders or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other Noteholders or to enforce
any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided. 
 In the event the Indenture Trustee shall receive conflicting or
inconsistent requests and indemnity from two or more groups of Noteholders, each representing less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, the Indenture Trustee in its sole discretion may determine what action, if any, shall be
taken, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 5.7 Unconditional Rights of Noteholders to Receive
Principal and Interest. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture, each Noteholder shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and interest on its Note on or after the respective
due dates thereof expressed in such Note or in this Indenture (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of
such Noteholder. 
  

 32 

 SECTION 5.8 Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Indenture Trustee or any Noteholder
has instituted any Proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such Proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or has been determined adversely to the Indenture Trustee or to such Noteholder, then and in
every such case the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders shall, subject to any determination in such Proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the
Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders shall continue as though no such Proceeding had been instituted. 
 SECTION 5.9 Rights and
Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Indenture Trustee, the Currency Swap Counterparty or to the Noteholders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall,
to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise,
shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy. 
 SECTION 5.10 Delay or Omission
Not a Waiver. No delay or omission of the Indenture Trustee, the Currency Swap Counterparty or any Noteholder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such
Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article V or by law to the Indenture Trustee, the Currency Swap Counterparty or to the Noteholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient,
by the Indenture Trustee, the Currency Swap Counterparty or by the Noteholders, as the case may be. 
 SECTION 5.11 Control by
Noteholders. The Noteholders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any Proceeding for any remedy available to the Indenture Trustee with respect to
the Notes or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Indenture Trustee; provided that 
 (i) such direction shall not be in
conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture; 
 (ii) subject to the express terms of Section 5.4, any direction to the
Indenture Trustee to sell or liquidate the Indenture Trust Estate shall be by the Noteholders of not less than 100% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes; 
 (iii) if the conditions set forth in Section 5.5 have been satisfied and the Indenture Trustee elects to retain the Indenture Trust Estate pursuant to such Section, then any direction to the Indenture
Trustee by Noteholders of less than 100% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes to sell or liquidate the Indenture Trust Estate shall be of no force and effect; and 
 (iv) the Indenture Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Indenture Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction; 
  

 33 

 provided, however, that, subject to Section 6.1, the Indenture Trustee need not take any action that
it determines might involve it in liability or might materially adversely affect the rights of any Noteholders not consenting to such action. 
 SECTION 5.12 Waiver of Past Defaults. Prior to the time a judgment or decree for payment of money due has been obtained as described in Section 5.2, the Noteholders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the
Notes may waive any past Default and its consequences except a Default (a) in payment when due of principal of or interest on any of the Notes or (b) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which cannot be modified or amended without
the consent of each Noteholder. In the case of any such waiver, the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent
or other Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 
 Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist and be deemed to have
been cured and not to have occurred for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 
 SECTION 5.13 Undertaking for Costs. All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Noteholder by such Noteholder’s acceptance of any Note
shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Indenture Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it
as Indenture Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party
litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to (a) any suit instituted by the Indenture Trustee, (b) any
suit instituted by any Noteholder, or group of Noteholders, in each case holding in the aggregate more than 10% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes or (c) any suit Instituted by any Noteholder for the enforcement of the payment of principal
of or interest on any Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note and in this Indenture (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date). 
 SECTION 5.14 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. The Issuer covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time
insist upon, or plead or in any manner whatsoever, claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and
the Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Indenture Trustee, but
will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 
 SECTION 5.15 Action on Notes.
The Indenture Trustee’s right to seek and recover judgment on the Notes or under this Indenture shall not be affected by the seeking, obtaining or application of any other relief under or with respect to this Indenture. Neither the lien of this
Indenture nor any rights or remedies of the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders shall be impaired by the recovery of any judgment by the Indenture Trustee against the Issuer or 

  

 34 

 
by the levy of any execution under such judgment upon any portion of the Indenture Trust Estate or upon any of the assets of the Issuer. Any money or
property collected by the Indenture Trustee shall be applied in accordance with Section 5.4(b). 
 SECTION 5.16 Performance and
Enforcement of Certain Obligations. 
 (a) Promptly following a request from the Indenture Trustee to do so and at the
Administrator’s expense, the Issuer shall take all such lawful action as the Indenture Trustee may request to compel or secure the performance and observance by the Depositor, SLM ECFC, VG Funding, the Administrator and the Servicer, as
applicable, of each of their respective obligations to the Issuer, whether directly or by assignment, under or in connection with the Sale Agreement, the SLM ECFC Purchase Agreement, the VG Funding Purchase Agreement, the Administration Agreement
and the Servicing Agreement, respectively, in accordance with the terms thereof, and to exercise any and all rights, remedies, powers and privileges lawfully available to the Issuer under or in connection with the Sale Agreement, the SLM ECFC
Purchase Agreement, the VG Funding Purchase Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the Servicing Agreement, as the case may be, to the extent and in the manner directed by the Indenture Trustee, including the transmission of notices of default
on the part of the Depositor, SLM ECFC, VG Funding, the Administrator or the Servicer thereunder and the institution of legal or administrative actions or proceedings to compel or secure performance by the Depositor, SLM ECFC, VG Funding, the
Administrator or the Servicer of each of their obligations under the Sale Agreement, the SLM ECFC Purchase Agreement, the VG Funding Purchase Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the Servicing Agreement, respectively. 
 (b) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Indenture Trustee may, and at the written direction of the Noteholders of 66-2/3% of
the Outstanding Amount of the Notes shall, exercise all rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims of the Issuer against the Depositor, SLM ECFC, VG Funding, the Administrator or the Servicer under or in connection with the Sale Agreement, the
SLM ECFC Purchase Agreement, the VG Funding Purchase Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the Servicing Agreement, respectively, including the right or power to take any action to compel or secure performance or observance by the Depositor,
SLM ECFC, VG Funding, the Administrator or the Servicer of each of their obligations to the Issuer thereunder, whether directly or by assignment, and to give any consent, request, notice, direction, approval, extension or waiver under the Sale
Agreement, the SLM ECFC Purchase Agreement, the VG Funding Purchase Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the Servicing Agreement, respectively, and any right of the Issuer to take such action shall be suspended. 
 ARTICLE VI 
 The Indenture Trustee

 SECTION 6.1 Duties of Indenture Trustee. (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Indenture
Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

  

 35 

 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 
 (i) the Indenture Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied
covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Indenture Trustee; and 
 (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its
part, the Indenture Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Indenture Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this
Indenture; provided, however, that the Indenture Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 
 (c) The Indenture Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful
misconduct, except that: 
 (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section; 
 (ii) the Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer unless it is proved that the
Indenture Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
 (iii) the Indenture Trustee shall not be liable with respect
to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 5.11. 
 (d) The Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Indenture Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. 
 (e) Money held in trust by the Indenture Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law or the terms of this Indenture or the other Basic Documents. 
 (f) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Indenture Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the
performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayments of such funds or adequate indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or
expense is not reasonably assured to it. 
 (g) Except as expressly provided in the Basic Documents, the Indenture Trustee shall have no
obligation to administer, service or collect the Trust Student Loans or to maintain, monitor or otherwise supervise the administration, servicing or collection of the Trust Student Loans. 
 (h) In the event that the Indenture Trustee is the Paying Agent or the Note Registrar, the rights and protections afforded to the Indenture Trustee
pursuant to this Indenture shall also be afforded to the Indenture Trustee in its capacity as Paying Agent or Note Registrar. 
  

 36 

 (i) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or
affording protection to the Indenture Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA. 
 (j) For so long as reports are required to be filed with the Commission under the Exchange
Act with respect to the Issuer, on or before March 1st of each calendar year, commencing in 2008, the Indenture
Trustee shall deliver to the Issuer and the Administrator a report (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrator, acting on behalf of the Issuer) regarding the Indenture Trustee’s assessment of compliance with the
Applicable Servicing Criteria during the immediately preceding calendar year, as required under Rules 13a-18 and 15d-18 of the Exchange Act and Item 1122 of Regulation AB. Such report shall be addressed to the Issuer and signed by an authorized
officer of the Indenture Trustee, and shall address the Applicable Servicing Criteria specified on a certification substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto. 
 SECTION 6.2 Rights of Indenture Trustee. (a) The Indenture Trustee may rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Indenture
Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in such document. 
 (b) Before the Indenture Trustee acts or refrains from
acting, it may require and shall be entitled to receive an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer and/or an Opinion of Counsel. The Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such
Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. 
 (c) The Indenture Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or
perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys or a custodian or nominee, and the Indenture Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of, or for the supervision of, any such
agent, attorney, custodian or nominee appointed with due care by it hereunder. 
 (d) The Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for any
action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, however, that the Indenture Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct, negligence or bad
faith. 
 (e) The Indenture Trustee may consult with counsel, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters
relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such
counsel. 
 SECTION 6.3 Individual Rights of Indenture Trustee. The Indenture Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may
become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Indenture Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Note Registrar, co-registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with
like rights. However, the Indenture Trustee must comply with Sections 6.11 and 6.12. 
  

 37 

 SECTION 6.4 Indenture Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Indenture Trustee shall not be
responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the
Issuer in the Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Indenture Trustee’s certificate of authentication. 
 SECTION 6.5 Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is either actually known or written notice of the existence
thereof has been delivered to a Responsible Officer of the Indenture Trustee, the Indenture Trustee shall mail notice of the Default to each Noteholder and the Currency Swap Counterparty within 90 days and to each Rating Agency as soon as
practicable within 30 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to the mandatory redemption provisions of such Note), the Indenture Trustee may withhold the
notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Noteholders and the Currency Swap Counterparty. Except as provided in the first sentence of this
Section 6.5, in no event shall the Indenture Trustee be deemed to have knowledge of a Default or an Event of Default. 
 SECTION
6.6 Reports by Indenture Trustee to Noteholders. The Indenture Trustee shall deliver to each Noteholder (and to each Person who was a Noteholder at any time during the applicable calendar year) such information as may be required to
enable such holder to prepare its Federal and state income tax returns. Within 60 days after each December 31 beginning with the December 31 following the date of this Indenture, the Indenture Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder a brief
report as of such December 31 that complies with TIA § 313(a) if required by said section. The Indenture Trustee shall also comply with TIA § 313(b). A copy of each such report required pursuant to TIA § 313(a) or (b) shall,
at the time of such transaction to Noteholders, be filed by the Indenture Trustee with the Commission and with each securities exchange, if any, upon which the Notes are listed, provided that the Issuer has previously notified the Indenture Trustee
of such listing. 
 SECTION 6.7 Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuer shall cause the Depositor to pay to the Indenture Trustee
reasonable compensation for its services in accordance with a separate agreement between the Depositor and the Indenture Trustee and shall cause the Depositor to reimburse the Indenture Trustee for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or
made by it as provided in such separate agreement. The Indenture Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall cause the Administrator to indemnify the Indenture
Trustee and its directors, officers, employees and agents against any and all loss, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by it in connection with the administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder
and under the other Basic Documents. The Indenture Trustee shall notify the Issuer and the Administrator promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Indenture Trustee to so notify the Issuer and the Administrator shall not
relieve the Issuer or the Administrator of its obligations hereunder and under the other 

  

 38 

 
Basic Documents. The Issuer shall cause the Administrator to defend the claim and the Administrator shall not be liable for the legal fees and expenses of
the Indenture Trustee after it has assumed such defense; provided, however, that, in the event that there may be a conflict between the positions of the Indenture Trustee and the Administrator in conducting the defense of such claim,
the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to separate counsel acceptable to it in its sole discretion the reasonable fees and expenses of which shall be paid by the Administrator on behalf of the Issuer. Neither the Issuer nor the Administrator need
reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Indenture Trustee through the Indenture Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith. 
 The Issuer’s payment obligations to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section shall survive the discharge of this Indenture. When the Indenture
Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 5.1(iv) or (v) with respect to the Issuer, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under Title 11 of the United States Code or any
other applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law. 
 SECTION 6.8 Replacement of Indenture Trustee. No
resignation or removal of the Indenture Trustee and no appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section 6.8. The Indenture
Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer. The Noteholders of at least a majority in Outstanding Amount of the Notes may remove the Indenture Trustee by so notifying the Indenture Trustee and may appoint a successor Indenture
Trustee. The Issuer shall remove the Indenture Trustee if: 
 (i) the Indenture Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.11;

 (ii) an Insolvency Event occurs with respect to the Indenture Trustee; 
 (iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Indenture Trustee or its property; or 
 (iv) the Indenture Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 
 If the Indenture Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Indenture Trustee for any reason (the Indenture Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Indenture Trustee),
the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Indenture Trustee. 
 A successor Indenture Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its
appointment to the retiring Indenture Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Indenture Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Indenture Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the
Indenture Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Indenture Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Noteholders. The retiring Indenture Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Indenture Trustee to the successor
Indenture Trustee. 
 If a successor Indenture Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Indenture Trustee resigns or is
removed, the retiring Indenture Trustee, the Issuer or the 

  

 39 

 
Noteholders of at least a majority in Outstanding Amount of the Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor
Indenture Trustee. The successor Indenture Trustee shall give notice of its appointment as successor Indenture Trustee to the Rating Agencies. 
 If the Indenture Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.11, any Noteholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Indenture Trustee and the appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee. 
 Notwithstanding the replacement of the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Issuer’s and the Administrator’s obligations under
Section 6.7 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Indenture Trustee. 
 SECTION 6.9 Successor Indenture Trustee by
Merger. If the Indenture Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee
corporation without any further act shall be the successor Indenture Trustee, provided that such corporation or banking association shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under Section 6.11. The Indenture Trustee shall provide the Rating
Agencies prior written notice of any such transaction. 
 In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or
consolidation to the Indenture Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Indenture Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of
any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Indenture Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor
hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Indenture Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Indenture Trustee shall
have. 
 SECTION 6.10 Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee. 
 (a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, at any time, for the purpose of meeting any legal requirement of any jurisdiction in
which any part of the Indenture Trust Estate may at the time be located, the Indenture Trustee shall have the power and may execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or more Persons to act as a co-trustee or co-trustees, or separate trustee
or separate trustees, of all or any part of the Indenture Trust Estate, and to vest in such Person or Persons, in such capacity and for the benefit of the Noteholders, such title to the Indenture Trust Estate, or any part hereof, and, subject to the
other provisions of this Section, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Indenture Trustee may consider necessary or desirable. No such appointment shall relieve the Indenture Trustee of its obligations hereunder. No co-trustee
or separate trustee hereunder shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee under Section 6.11 and no notice to Noteholders of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required under
Section 6.8 hereof. 
  

 40 

 (b) Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and
act subject to the following provisions and conditions: 
 (i) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the
Indenture Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Indenture Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is not authorized to act
separately without the Indenture Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed the Indenture Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform
such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the Indenture Trust Estate or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly by such separate
trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the Indenture Trustee; 
 (ii) no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by
reason of any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder; and 
 (iii) the Indenture Trustee may at any time accept the resignation
of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee. 
 (c) Any notice, request or other writing given to the Indenture Trustee shall be
deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Indenture and the conditions of this
Article VI. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Indenture Trustee or separately, as may
be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Indenture, specifically including every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Indenture Trustee. Every such
instrument shall be filed with the Indenture Trustee. 
 (d) Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time constitute the Indenture
Trustee, its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this Indenture on its behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or co-trustee shall die,
become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the Indenture Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or successor
trustee. 
 SECTION 6.11 Eligibility; Disqualification. The Indenture Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA
§ 310(a), the requirements of an “eligible lender” under 20 USC § 1085(d) and the requirements of Rule 3a-7(4)(i) of the General Rules and Regulations under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. The Indenture
Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition and it shall have a long-term senior unsecured debt rating of not less than investment grade by each of
the Rating Agencies. The Indenture Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b), including the optional provision permitted by the second sentence 

  

 41 

 
of TIA § 310(b)(9); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures
under which other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met. 
 SECTION 6.12 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer. The Indenture Trustee shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). An Indenture Trustee who has resigned
or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated. 
 ARTICLE VII  
 Noteholders’ Lists and Reports 
 SECTION 7.1 Issuer to Furnish Indenture Trustee Names and Addresses of Noteholders. The Issuer will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Indenture Trustee (a) not more than five days after the earlier of (i) each
Record Date and (ii) three months after the last Record Date, a list, in such form as the Indenture Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Noteholders as of such Record Date, and (b) at such other times as the
Indenture Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after receipt by the Issuer of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 10 days prior to the time such list is furnished; provided,
however, that so long as the Indenture Trustee is the Note Registrar, no such list shall be required to be furnished. 
 SECTION
7.2 Preservation of Information; Communications to Noteholders. The Indenture Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of the Noteholders contained in the most recent list
furnished to the Indenture Trustee as provided in Section 7.1 and the names and addresses of Noteholders received by the Indenture Trustee in its capacity as Note Registrar. The Indenture Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided
in such Section 7.1 upon receipt of a new list so furnished. 
 (a) Noteholders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with
other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Notes. Upon receipt by the Indenture Trustee of any request by three or more Noteholders or by one or more holders of Notes evidencing not less than 25% of the
Outstanding Amount of the Notes to receive a copy of the current list of Noteholders (whether or not made pursuant to TIA § 312(b)), the Indenture Trustee shall promptly notify the Administrator thereof by providing to the Administrator a copy
of such request and a copy of the list of Noteholders produced in response thereto. 
 (b) The Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the
Note Registrar shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 
 (c) On each Distribution Date the Indenture Trustee shall provide to
each Noteholder of record as of the related Record Date the information provided by the Administrator to the Indenture Trustee on the related Determination Date pursuant to Section 2.11 of the Administration Agreement. 
  

 42 

 (d) The Indenture Trustee shall furnish to the Noteholders promptly upon receipt of a written
request therefor, duplicates or copies of all reports, notices, requests, demands, certificates, financial statements and any other instruments furnished to the Indenture Trustee under the Basic Documents. The Indenture Trustee shall furnish to the
Noteholders promptly upon receipt thereof from the Eligible Lender Trustee notice of any amendment of the Administration Agreement pursuant to Section 8.5 of the Administration Agreement. 
 SECTION 7.3 Reports by Issuer. 
 (a) The Issuer shall: 
 (i) file with the Indenture Trustee, within 15 days after the Issuer is required to file the same
with the Commission, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Issuer
may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; 
 (ii) file with the Indenture
Trustee and the Commission in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission such additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by the Issuer with the conditions and covenants of this
Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and regulations; and 
 (iii) supply to the Indenture Trustee (and the
Indenture Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Noteholders described in TIA § 313(c)) such summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by the Issuer pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this
Section 7.3(a) as may be required by rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission. 
 (b) Unless the Issuer
otherwise determines, the fiscal year of the Issuer shall end on December 31 of each year. 
 ARTICLE VIII 
 Accounts, Disbursements and Releases 
 SECTION 8.1 Collection of Money. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Indenture Trustee may demand payment or delivery of, and shall receive and collect, directly and without intervention or assistance of any
fiscal agent or other intermediary, all money and other property payable to or receivable by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Indenture. The Indenture Trustee shall apply all such money received by it on behalf of Noteholders, the Currency
Swap Counterparty or the Trust pursuant to the Administration Agreement as provided in this Indenture. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, if any default occurs in the making of any payment or performance under any agreement or
instrument that is part of the Indenture Trust Estate, the Indenture Trustee may take such action as may be appropriate to enforce such payment or performance, including the institution and prosecution of appropriate Proceedings. Any such action
shall be without prejudice to any right to claim a Default under this Indenture and any right to proceed thereafter as provided in Article V. 
  

 43 

 SECTION 8.2 Trust Accounts. (a) On or prior to the Closing Date, the Issuer shall cause
the Administrator to establish and maintain, in the name of the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders, the Currency Swap Counterparty and the Trust, the Trust Accounts as provided in Section 2.3 of the Administration Agreement.

 (b) On or before the Business Day preceding each Quarterly Distribution Date, all Available Funds and amounts set forth in paragraph
(a)(2) of the definition of Available Funds with respect to the preceding Collection Period will be deposited in the Collection Account as provided in Section 2.4 of the Administration Agreement. On or before each Distribution Date, the
Indenture Trustee (or any other Paying Agent) shall make the required deposits and distributions as provided in Sections 2.7 and 2.8 of the Administration Agreement. 
 (c) On or before each Monthly Allocation Date, available amounts on deposit in the Collection Account will be deposited into the Future Distribution Account to the extent and for the purposes provided in
Section 2.8A of the Administration Agreement. 
 (d) On each Auction Rate Distribution Date, from amounts on deposit in the Future
Distribution Account, the Indenture Trustee (or any other Paying Agent) shall make the required distributions as provided in Sections 2.8B of the Administration Agreement. 
 (e) On or before each Monthly Allocation Date, the Indenture Trustee (or any other Paying Agent) shall make the required deposits and distributions
as provided in Sections 2.7, and 2.8A of the Administration Agreement. 
 (f) On or before each Quarterly Distribution Date, the
Indenture Trustee (or any other Paying Agent) shall make the required deposits and distributions as provided in Sections 2.7 and 2.8 of the Administration Agreement. 
 (g) During the Supplemental Purchase Period, the Indenture Trustee shall withdraw funds as directed by the Administrator pursuant to Section 2.10(d) of the Administration Agreement for the purchase of
Additional Trust Student Loans. 
 (h) During the Consolidation Loan Add-On Period, the Indenture Trustee shall withdraw funds as
directed by the Administrator pursuant to Section 2.10(e) of the Administration Agreement for the funding of Add-On Consolidation Loans. 
 (i) On the Business Day immediately following the end of the Supplemental Purchase Period, the Indenture Trustee shall transfer any amounts remaining in the Supplemental Purchase Account at the end of the Supplemental Purchase Period
into the Collection Account, as directed by the Administrator. 
 (j) On the Business Day immediately following the end of the
Consolidation Loan Add-On Period, the Indenture Trustee shall transfer any amounts remaining in the Add-On Consolidation Loan Account into the Collection Account, as directed by Administrator. 
  

 44 

 (k) On the Business Day immediately following the end of the Funding Period, the Indenture Trustee
shall transfer any amounts remaining in the Pre-Funding Account into the Collection Account, as directed by the Administrator. 
 (l) On
or before the Business Day immediately preceding each Quarterly Distribution Date, if the Issuer has not received payment in full of the amount required to offset any deficiency caused by a Borrower Benefit Yield Reduction for the related Collection
Period pursuant to Section 3.12 of the Servicing Agreement, the Indenture Trustee, as directed by the Administrator, shall withdraw from the Borrower Benefit Account on that Quarterly Distribution Date an amount equal to such deficiency, to the
extent of funds available therein, to be included as part of Available Funds for that Quarterly Distribution Date. 
 (m) On or before
each Quarterly Distribution Date, the Indenture Trustee, as directed by the Administrator, shall withdraw from the Floor Income Rebate Account an amount equal to the applicable Floor Income Rebate Account Release Amount, to be included as part of
Available Funds for that Quarterly Distribution Date. 
 SECTION 8.3 General Provisions Regarding Accounts. (a) So long as
no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all or a portion of the funds in the Trust Accounts shall be invested in Eligible Investments and reinvested by the Indenture Trustee upon Issuer Order, subject to the provisions of
Section 2.3(b) of the Administration Agreement. All income or other gain from investments of moneys deposited in the Trust Accounts shall be deposited by the Indenture Trustee in the Collection Account, and any loss resulting from such
investments shall be charged to such Trust Account. The Issuer will not direct the Indenture Trustee to make any investment of any funds or to sell any investment held in any of the Trust Accounts unless the security interest granted and perfected
in such account will continue to be perfected in such investment or the proceeds of such sale, in either case without any further action by any Person, and, in connection with any direction to the Indenture Trustee to make any such investment or
sale, if requested by the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer shall deliver to the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel, acceptable to the Indenture Trustee, to such effect. 
 (b) Subject to Section 6.1(c), the Indenture Trustee shall not in any way be held liable for the selection of Eligible Investments or by reason of any insufficiency in any of the Trust Accounts resulting
from any loss on any Eligible Investment included therein except for losses attributable to the Indenture Trustee’s failure to make payments on such Eligible Investments issued by the Indenture Trustee, in its commercial capacity as principal
obligor and not as trustee, in accordance with their terms. 
 (c) If (i) the Issuer shall have failed to give investment
directions for any funds on deposit in the Trust Accounts to the Indenture Trustee by 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time (or such other time as may be agreed by the Issuer and Indenture Trustee) on any Business Day; or (ii) a Default shall have occurred
and be continuing with respect to the Notes but the Notes shall not have been declared due and payable pursuant to Section 5.2, or, if such Notes shall have been declared due and payable following an Event of Default, amounts collected or
receivable from the Indenture Trust Estate are being applied in accordance with Section 5.5 as if there had not been such a declaration; then the Indenture Trustee shall invest and reinvest funds in the Trust Accounts in the Eligible
Investments described in clause (d) of the definition thereof. 
  

 45 

 SECTION 8.4 Release of Indenture Trust Estate. (a) Subject to the payment of its fees
and expenses pursuant to Section 6.7, the Indenture Trustee may, and when required by the provisions of this Indenture shall, execute instruments to release property from the lien of this Indenture, or convey the Indenture Trustee’s
interest in the same, in a manner and under circumstances that are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture. No party relying upon an instrument executed by the Indenture Trustee as provided in this Article VIII shall be bound to
ascertain the Indenture Trustee’s authority, inquire into the satisfaction of any conditions precedent or see to the application of any moneys. 
 (b) The Indenture Trustee shall, at such time as there are no Notes Outstanding and all sums due the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 6.7 have been paid, subject to the interest therein of the Currency
Swap Counterparty, release any remaining portion of the Indenture Trust Estate that secured the Notes from the lien of this Indenture and release to the Issuer or any other Person entitled thereto any funds then on deposit in the Trust Accounts. The
Indenture Trustee shall release property from the lien of this Indenture pursuant to this Section 8.4(b) only upon receipt of an Issuer Request accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer, an Opinion of Counsel and (if required
by the TIA) Independent Certificates in accordance with TIA §§ 314(c) and 314(d)(1) meeting the applicable requirements of Section 11.1. 
 (c) Each Noteholder, by the acceptance of a Note, acknowledges that from time to time the Indenture Trustee shall release the lien of this Indenture on any Trust Student Loan to be sold (i) to the Depositor
in accordance with Section 6 of the Sale Agreement, (ii) to the Servicer in accordance with Section 3.5 of the Servicing Agreement, (iii) to VG Funding (or the seller from which VG Funding originally purchased such Trust Student
Loan), to SLM ECFC or to another Affiliate of SLM Corporation in accordance with Section 3.11F. of the Servicing Agreement, (iv) to another eligible lender holding one or more Serial Loans with respect to such Trust Student Loan,
(v) to VG Funding in accordance with Section 6 of the VG Funding Purchase Agreement or (vi) to SLM ECFC in accordance with Section 6 of the SLM ECFC Purchase Agreement, and each Noteholder, by the acceptance of a Note, consents
to any such release. 
 SECTION 8.5 Opinion of Counsel. The Indenture Trustee shall receive at least seven days’ notice when
requested by the Issuer to take any action pursuant to Section 8.4(a), accompanied by copies of any instruments involved, and the Indenture Trustee shall also require, except in connection with any action contemplated by Section 8.4(c), as
a condition to such action, an Opinion of Counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, stating the legal effect of any such action, outlining the steps required to complete the same, and concluding that all conditions
precedent to the taking of such action have been complied with and such action will not materially and adversely impair the security for the Notes or the rights of the Noteholders or the Currency Swap Counterparty in contravention of the provisions
of this Indenture; provided, however, that such Opinion of Counsel shall not be required to express an opinion as to the fair value of the Indenture Trust Estate. Counsel rendering any such opinion may rely, without independent
investigation, on the accuracy and validity of any certificate or other instrument delivered to the Indenture Trustee in connection with any such action. 
  

 46 

 ARTICLE IX  
 Supplemental Indentures 
 SECTION 9.1 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of
Noteholders. 
 (a) Without the consent of any Noteholders but with prior notice to the Rating Agencies, the Issuer and the Indenture
Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act as in force at the date of the execution
thereof), in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, for any of the following purposes: 
 (i) to correct or amplify the description
of any property at any time subject to the lien of this Indenture, or better to assure, convey and confirm unto the Indenture Trustee any property subject or required to be subjected to the lien of this Indenture, or to subject to the lien of this
Indenture additional property; 
 (ii) to evidence the succession, in compliance with the applicable provisions hereof, of another
person to the Issuer, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Issuer herein and in the Notes contained; 
 (iii) to add to the covenants of the Issuer, for the benefit of the Noteholders or the Currency Swap Counterparty or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Issuer; 
 (iv) to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any property to the Indenture Trustee; 
 (v) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein or in any supplemental indenture which may be inconsistent with any other
provision herein or in any supplemental indenture or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture; provided that such action shall not materially adversely affect the
interests of the Noteholders or the Currency Swap Counterparty; 
 (vi) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of the appointment
hereunder by a successor trustee with respect to the Notes and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one trustee, pursuant to the
requirements of Article VI; or 
 (vii) to modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be
necessary to effect the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA or under any similar Federal statute hereafter enacted and to add to this Indenture such other provisions as may be expressly required by the TIA. 
 The Indenture Trustee is hereby authorized to join in the execution of any such supplemental indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and
stipulations that may be therein contained. 
  

 47 

 (b) The Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, may, also without the
consent of any of the Noteholders, but with prior notice to the Rating Agencies and the Currency Swap Counterparty, enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to, or changing in any manner or
eliminating any of the provisions of, this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders or the Currency Swap Counterparty under this Indenture; provided, however, that such action shall not, as evidenced by an
Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Noteholder or the Currency Swap Counterparty. 
 SECTION
9.2 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Noteholders. The Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, also may, with prior notice to the Rating Agencies and the Currency Swap Counterparty and with the consent
of the Noteholders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, by Act of such Noteholders delivered to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any
provisions to, or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of, this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture
shall, without the consent of the Noteholder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby: 
 (i) change the date of payment of any
installment of principal of or interest on any Note, or reduce the principal amount thereof, the interest rate thereon or the Redemption Price with respect thereto, change the provisions of this Indenture relating to the application of collections
on, or the proceeds of the sale of, the Indenture Trust Estate to payment of principal of or interest on the Notes, or change any place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Note or the interest thereon is payable or impair the
right to institute suit for the enforcement of the provisions of this Indenture requiring the application of funds available therefor, as provided in Article V, to the payment of any such amount due on the Notes on or after the respective due dates
thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date); 
 (ii) reduce the percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the
Notes, the consent of the Noteholders of which is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of the Noteholders of which is required for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults
hereunder and their consequences provided for in this Indenture; 
 (iii) modify or alter the provisions of the proviso to the
definition of the term “Outstanding”; 
 (iv) reduce the percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes required to direct
the Indenture Trustee to direct the Issuer to sell or liquidate the Indenture Trust Estate pursuant to Section 5.4; 
 (v) modify
any provision of this Section except to increase any percentage specified herein or to provide that certain additional provisions of this Indenture or the other Basic Documents cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Noteholder of
each Outstanding Note affected thereby; 
  

 48 

 (vi) modify any of the provisions of this Indenture in such manner as to affect the calculation of
the amount of any payment of interest or principal due on any Note on any Distribution Date (including the calculation of any of the individual components of such calculation) or to affect the rights of the Noteholders to the benefit of any
provisions for the mandatory redemption of the Notes contained herein; or 
 (vii) permit the creation of any lien ranking prior to or
on a parity with the lien of this Indenture with respect to any part of the Indenture Trust Estate or, except as otherwise permitted or contemplated herein, terminate the lien of this Indenture on any property at any time subject hereto or deprive
any Noteholder of any Note of the security provided by the lien of this Indenture; 
 provided, however, that such action shall not, as
evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the Currency Swap Counterparty. 
 It shall not
be necessary for any Act of Noteholders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof. 
 Promptly after the execution by the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Section, the Indenture Trustee shall
mail to the Noteholders of the Notes to which such amendment or supplemental indenture relates a notice setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture. Any failure of the Indenture Trustee to mail such notice, or any
defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture. 
 SECTION
9.3 Execution of Supplemental Indentures. In executing, or permitting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article IX or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the
Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and subject to Sections 6.1 and 6.2, shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this
Indenture. The Indenture Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the Indenture Trustee’s own rights, duties, liabilities or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
 SECTION 9.4 Effect of Supplemental Indenture. Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions hereof, this
Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith with respect to the Notes affected thereby, and the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties, liabilities and immunities under this Indenture of
the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer and the Noteholders shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments, and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture
shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes. 
  

 49 

 SECTION 9.5 Conformity with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment of this Indenture and every
supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article IX shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect so long as this Indenture shall then be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act. 
 SECTION 9.6 Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures. Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental
indenture pursuant to this Article IX may, and if required by the Indenture Trustee shall, bear a notation in form approved by the Indenture Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee
shall so determine, new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Indenture Trustee
in exchange for Outstanding Notes. 
 ARTICLE X  
 Redemption of Notes 
 SECTION 10.1 Redemption. The Indenture Trustee shall, upon receipt
of written notice from the Servicer pursuant to Section 6.1(b) of the Administration Agreement, give prompt written notice to the Noteholders of the occurrence of such event. In the event that the assets of the Trust are sold pursuant to
Section 6.1(a) of the Administration Agreement, that portion of the amounts on deposit in the Trust Accounts to be distributed to the Noteholders shall be paid to the Noteholders as provided in Sections 2.7 and 2.8 of the Administration
Agreement. If amounts are to be paid to Noteholders pursuant to this Section 10.1, the notice of such event from the Indenture Trustee to the Noteholders shall include notice of the redemption of Notes by application of such amounts on the next
Distribution Date which is not sooner than 15 days after the date of such notice (the “Redemption Date”), whereupon all such amounts shall be payable on the Redemption Date. 
 SECTION 10.2 Form of Redemption Notice. Notice of redemption under Section 10.1 shall be given by the Indenture Trustee by first-class
mail, postage prepaid, or by facsimile, mailed or transmitted on or prior to the applicable Redemption Date to each Noteholder (with a copy to the Auction Agent), as of the close of business on the Record Date preceding the applicable Redemption
Date, at such Noteholder’s address or facsimile number appearing in the Note Register. 
 All notices of redemption shall state:

 (i) the Redemption Date; 
 (ii) the Redemption Price; and 
 (iii) the place where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption
Price (which shall be the office or agency of the Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 3.2). 
  

 50 

 Notice of redemption of the Notes shall be given by the Indenture Trustee in the name and at the expense
of the Issuer. Failure to give notice of redemption, or any defect therein, to any Noteholder of any Note shall not impair or affect the validity of the redemption of any other Note. 
 SECTION 10.3 Notes Payable on Redemption Date. The Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed shall on the Redemption Date become due and
payable at the Redemption Price and (unless the Issuer shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price) no interest shall accrue on the Redemption Price for any period after the date to which accrued interest is calculated for purposes of
calculating the Redemption Price. 
 ARTICLE XI 
 Miscellaneous 
 SECTION 11.1 Compliance Certificates and Opinions, etc. (a) Upon any
application or request by the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Indenture Trustee and the Rating Agencies (i) an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer
stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with, (ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any,
have been complied with and (iii) (if required by the TIA) an Independent Certificate from a firm of certified public accountants meeting the applicable requirements of this Section, except that, in the case of any such application or request
as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished. 
 Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this indenture shall include: 
 (i) a statement that each signatory of such certificate or opinion has read or has caused to be read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto; 
 (ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such
certificate or opinion are based; 
 (iii) a statement that, in the opinion of each such signatory, such signatory has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such signatory to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 
 (iv) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such signatory, such condition or covenant has been complied with. 
 (b) (i) Prior to the deposit of any Collateral or other property or securities with the Indenture Trustee that is to be made the basis for the
release of any property or securities subject to the lien of this Indenture, the Issuer shall, in addition to any obligation imposed in 

  

 51 

 
Section 11.1(a) or elsewhere in this Indenture, furnish to the Indenture Trustee and the Rating Agencies an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer
certifying or stating the opinion of each person signing such certificate as to the fair value (within 90 days of such deposit) to the Issuer of the Collateral or other property or securities to be so deposited. 
 (ii) Whenever the Issuer is required to furnish to the Indenture Trustee and the Rating Agencies an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer
certifying or stating the opinion of any signer thereof as to the matters described in clause (i) above, the Issuer shall also deliver to the Indenture Trustee an Independent Certificate as to the same matters, if the fair value to the Issuer
of the securities to be so deposited and of all other such securities made the basis of any such withdrawal or release since the commencement of the then-current fiscal year of the Issuer, as set forth in the certificates delivered pursuant to
clause (i) above and this clause (ii), is 10% or more of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, but such a certificate need not be furnished with respect to any securities so deposited, if the fair value thereof to the Issuer as set forth in the
related Officers’ Certificate is less than $25,000 or less than one percent of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes. 
 (iii) Other
than any property released as contemplated by clause (v) below, whenever any property or securities are to be released from the lien of this Indenture, the Issuer shall also furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Officers’ Certificate of the
Issuer certifying or stating the opinion of each person signing such certificate as to the fair value (within 90 days of such release) of the property or securities proposed to be released and stating that in the opinion of such person the proposed
release will not impair the security under this Indenture in contravention of the provisions hereof. 
 (iv) Whenever the Issuer is
required to furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer certifying or stating the opinion of any signer thereof as to the matters described in clause (iii) above, the Issuer shall also furnish to the Indenture
Trustee an Independent Certificate as to the same matters if the fair value of the property or securities and of all other property, other than property as contemplated by clause (v) below, or securities released from the lien of this Indenture
since the commencement of the then-current calendar year, as set forth in the certificates required by clause (iii) above and this clause (iv), equals 10% or more of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, but such certificate need not be
furnished in the case of any release of property or securities if the fair value thereof as set forth in the related Officers’ Certificate is less than $25,000 or less than one percent of the then Outstanding Amount of the Notes. 
 (v) Notwithstanding Section 2.9 or any other provision of this Section, the Issuer may, without compliance with the requirements of the other
provisions of this Section, (A) collect, liquidate, sell or otherwise dispose of Trust Student Loans as and to the extent permitted or required by the Basic Documents, (B) make cash payments out of the Trust Accounts as and to the extent
permitted or required by the Basic Documents and (C) convey to the Depositor, the Servicer or another eligible lender those specified Trust Student Loans as and to the extent permitted or required by and in accordance with Section 8.4(c)
hereof and Section 6 of the Sale Agreement, Section 3.5 of the Servicing Agreement or Section 3.11E of the Servicing Agreement, respectively, so long as the Issuer shall deliver to the Indenture Trustee every six months, commencing
June 30, 2007, an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer stating that all the 

  

 52 

 
dispositions of Collateral described in clauses (A), (B) or (C) above that occurred during the immediately preceding six calendar months were in
the ordinary course of the Issuer’s business and that the proceeds thereof were applied in accordance with the Basic Documents. 
 SECTION 11.2 Form of Documents Delivered to Indenture Trustee. In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be
certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters, and one or more other such Persons as to
other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents. 
 Any certificate or
opinion of an Authorized Officer of the Issuer may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that
the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate of an Authorized Officer or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to
factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Servicer, the Depositor, the Issuer or the Administrator, stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession
of the Servicer, the Depositor, the Issuer or the Administrator, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous. 

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other
instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument. 
 Whenever in this Indenture, in
connection with any application or certificate or report to the Indenture Trustee, it is provided that the Issuer shall deliver any document as a condition of the granting of such application, or as evidence of the Issuer’s compliance with any
term hereof, it is intended that the truth and accuracy, at the time of the granting of such application or at the effective date of such certificate or report (as the case may be), of the facts and opinions stated in such document shall in such
case be conditions precedent to the right of the Issuer to have such application granted or to the sufficiency of such certificate or report. The foregoing shall not, however, be construed to affect the Indenture Trustee’s right to rely upon
the truth and accuracy of any statement or opinion contained in any such document as provided in Article VI. 
 SECTION 11.3 Acts of
Noteholders. (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Noteholders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of
substantially similar tenor signed by such Noteholders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing; and except as herein otherwise expressly provided such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the
Indenture Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Noteholders 

  

 53 

 
signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any
purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 6.1) conclusive in favor of the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section. 
 (b) The fact and date of the execution by any person of any such instrument or writing may be proved in any manner that the Indenture Trustee deems sufficient. 
 (c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register. 
 (d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by any Noteholder shall bind the Noteholder of every Note issued upon registration of transfer thereof or in exchange
therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Indenture Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note. 
 SECTION 11.4 Notices, etc., to Indenture Trustee, Issuer and Rating Agencies. Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or Act of Noteholders or other documents provided or permitted by this Indenture shall be in writing and if such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Noteholders is to be made upon, given or furnished
to or filed with: 
 (a) The Indenture Trustee by any Noteholder, the Servicer,
the Administrator or by the Issuer shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Indenture Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office with a copy to: Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, 60
Wall Street, 26th Floor, Mailstop NYC60-2606, New York, New York 10005, Attention: Trust & Securities
Services/Structured Finance Services. 
 (b) The Issuer by the Indenture Trustee or by any Noteholder shall be sufficient for every
purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first-class, postage prepaid, to the Issuer addressed to: SLM Student Loan Trust 2007-4, in care of Chase Bank USA, National Association, Christiana Center/OPS4, 500 Stanton Christiana Road, Newark,
Delaware 19713, Attention: Corporate Trust Department; with copies to JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, 450 West 33rd Street 15th Fl., New York, New York 10001, Attention: Structured Finance Services; and the Administrator, 12061 Bluemont
Way, V3419, Reston, Virginia 20190, Attention: ABS Trust Administration, or any other address previously furnished in writing to the Indenture Trustee by the Issuer or the Administrator. The Issuer shall promptly transmit any notice received by it
from the Noteholders to the Indenture Trustee. 
 Notices required to be given to the Rating Agencies by the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee or
the Eligible Lender Trustee shall be in writing, personally delivered or mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, to (i) in the case of Moody’s, at the following address: ABS Monitoring Department, 99 Church Street, New York,
New York 10007, (ii) in the case of S&P, at the following address: 55 Water Street, New York, New York 10041-0003, Attention: Asset Backed Surveillance Department, 32nd Floor, and (iii) in the case of Fitch, at the following address:
One State Street Plaza, New York, New York 10004, Attention: Municipal Structured Finance Group; or as to each of the foregoing, at such other address as shall be designated by written notice to the other parties. 
  

 54 

 Notices to the Currency Swap Counterparty shall be sent to the address set forth in the Currency Swap
Agreement, or such other addresses as may be designated by written notice to the parties to this Indenture. 
 SECTION 11.5 Notices
to Noteholders; Waiver. Where this Indenture provides for notice to Noteholders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class, postage prepaid to each
Noteholder affected by such event, at his address as it appears on the Note Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Noteholders is given
by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice nor any defect in any notice so mailed to any particular Noteholder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Noteholders, and any notice that is mailed in the manner herein
provided shall conclusively be presumed to have been duly given. 
 Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may
be waived in writing by any Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Noteholders shall be filed with the Indenture Trustee but such filing
shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such a waiver. 
 In case, by reason of the
suspension of regular mail service as a result of a strike, work stoppage or similar activity, it shall be impractical to mail notice of any event to Noteholders when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture,
then any manner of giving such notice as shall be satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice. 
 Where this Indenture provides for notice to the Rating Agencies, failure to give such notice shall not affect any other rights or obligations created hereunder, and shall not under any circumstance constitute a Default. 
 SECTION 11.6 Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions. Notwithstanding any provision of this Indenture or any of the Notes to the contrary,
the Issuer may enter into any agreement with any Noteholder providing for a method of payment, or notice by the Indenture Trustee or any Paying Agent to such Noteholder, that is different from the methods provided for in this Indenture for such
payments or notices. The Issuer will furnish to the Indenture Trustee a copy of each such agreement and the Indenture Trustee will cause payments to be made and notices to be given in accordance with such agreements. 
 SECTION 11.7 Conflict with Trust Indenture Act. If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision hereof that is
required to be included in this Indenture by any of the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act, such required provision shall control. 
 The
provisions of TIA §§ 310 through 317 that impose duties on any Person (including the provisions automatically deemed included herein unless expressly excluded by this Indenture) are a part of and govern this Indenture, whether or not
physically contained herein. 
  

 55 

 SECTION 11.8 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents. The Article and Section headings
herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
 SECTION 11.9 Successors
and Assigns. All covenants and agreements in this Indenture and the Notes by the Issuer shall bind its successor and assigns, whether so expressed or not. All agreements of the Indenture Trustee in this Indenture shall bind the successors,
co-trustees and agents (excluding any legal representatives or accountants) of the Indenture Trustee. 
 SECTION
11.10 Separability. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired
thereby. 
 SECTION 11.11 Benefits of Indenture. (a) Except as set forth in paragraph (b) below, nothing in this
Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied shall give to any person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, the Noteholders, any other party secured hereunder, and any other Person with an ownership interest in any part of
the Indenture Trust Estate, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture. 
 (b) The parties to
this Indenture acknowledge and agree that the Currency Swap Counterparty is an intended third party beneficiary of this Indenture to the extent of its rights hereunder and under the Currency Swap Agreement entered into by the Issuer from time to
time and shall be entitled to enforce such rights. 
 SECTION 11.12 Legal Holidays. In any case where the date on which any
payment is due shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of the Notes or this Indenture) payment need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if
made on the date on which nominally due, and no interest shall accrue for the period from and after any such nominal date. 
 SECTION
11.13 GOVERNING LAW. THIS INDENTURE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS (OTHER THAN §5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW), AND
THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS. 
 SECTION
11.14 Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 SECTION 11.15 Recording of Indenture. If this Indenture is subject to recording in any appropriate public recording offices,
such recording is to be effected by the Issuer and at its expense accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel (which may be counsel to the 

  

 56 

 
Indenture Trustee or any other counsel reasonably acceptable to the Indenture Trustee) to the effect that such recording is necessary either for the
protection of the Noteholders or any other Person secured hereunder or for the enforcement of any right or remedy granted to the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture. 
 SECTION 11.16 Trust Obligations. No recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Depositor, the Administrator, the Servicer, the Eligible Lender Trustee
or the Indenture Trustee on the Notes or under this Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection herewith or therewith, against (i) the Indenture Trustee or the Eligible Lender Trustee in its individual capacity,
(ii) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director or employee of the Indenture Trustee or the Eligible Lender Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder or owner of
a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Eligible Lender Trustee or the Indenture Trustee or of any successor or assign thereof in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Indenture
Trustee and the Eligible Lender Trustee have no such obligations in their individual capacity) and except that any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for
stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity. For all purposes of this Indenture, in the performance of any duties or obligations of the Issuer hereunder, the Eligible Lender Trustee shall be
subject to, and entitled to the benefits of, the terms and provisions of Articles VI, VII and VIII of the Trust Agreement. 
 SECTION
11.17 No Petition. The Indenture Trustee, by entering into this Indenture, and each Noteholder, by accepting a Note, hereby covenant and agree that they shall not at any time institute against the Depositor or the Issuer, or join in any
institution against the Depositor or the Issuer of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, receivership or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in
connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, this Indenture or any of the other Basic Documents. The foregoing shall not limit the rights of the Indenture Trustee to file any claim in, or otherwise take any action with respect to, any
insolvency proceeding that was instituted against the Issuer by any Person other than the Indenture Trustee. 
 SECTION
11.18 Inspection. The Issuer agrees that, on reasonable prior notice, it shall permit any representative of the Indenture Trustee, during the Issuer’s normal business hours, to examine all the books of account, records, reports, and
other papers of the Issuer, to make copies and extracts therefrom, to cause such books to be audited by Independent certified public accountants, and to discuss the Issuer’s affairs, finances and accounts with the Issuer’s officers,
employees, and Independent certified public accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested. The Indenture Trustee shall and shall cause its representatives to hold in confidence all such information obtained
from such examination or inspection except to the extent disclosure may be required by law (and all reasonable applications for confidential treatment are unavailing) and except to the extent that the Indenture Trustee may reasonably determine that
such disclosure is consistent with its obligations hereunder. 
  

 57 

 SECTION 11.19 Subordination. All rights and interest of the Currency Swap Counterparty in the
security interest granted to the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture shall be fully subordinated to the interests of the Noteholders. The Currency Swap Counterparty shall not have any rights, implied or otherwise, in the Collateral until after
the Outstanding Amount of the Notes has been reduced to zero and the Noteholders have been paid all amounts owed to them under this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Section 11.19 shall not modify or otherwise
affect the contractual priority of payments set forth in Section 5.4(b) hereof or Section 2.8 of the Administration Agreement. More specifically, the Currency Swap Counterparty shall not have any voting rights or rights to exercise any
remedies under this Indenture until after the Outstanding Amount of the Notes has been reduced to zero and the Noteholders have been paid all amounts owed to them under this Indenture. After the Outstanding Amount of the Notes has been reduced to
zero and the Noteholders have been paid all amounts owed to them under this Indenture, the Currency Swap Counterparty shall have all of the rights and obligations, including all voting rights, of the Noteholders set forth in this Indenture.

 ARTICLE XII 
 Compliance
with Regulation AB 
 SECTION 12.1 Intent of the Parties; Reasonableness. The Issuer, the Eligible Lender Trustee and the
Indenture Trustee acknowledge and agree that the purpose of Article XII of this Agreement is to facilitate compliance by the Issuer with the provisions of Regulation AB and related rules and regulations of the Commission. 
 The Eligible Lender Trustee and the Administrator, on behalf of the Issuer, shall not exercise its right to request delivery of information or other
performance under these provisions other than in good faith, or for purposes other than compliance with the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (or the provision in a private offering of
disclosure comparable to that required under the Securities Act). The Indenture Trustee acknowledges that interpretations of the requirements of Regulation AB may change over time, whether due to interpretive guidance provided by the Commission or
its staff, consensus among participants in the asset-backed securities markets, advice of counsel, or otherwise, and agrees to comply with requests made by the Administrator, on behalf of the Issuer, in good faith for delivery of information under
these provisions on the basis of evolving interpretations of Regulation AB. In connection therewith, the Indenture Trustee shall cooperate fully with the Administrator, on behalf of the Issuer, to deliver to the Administrator, on behalf of the
Issuer (including any of its assignees or designees), any and all statements, reports, certifications, records, attestation, and any other information necessary in the good faith determination of the Administrator, on behalf of the Issuer, to permit
the Administrator, on behalf of the Issuer, to comply with the provisions of Regulation AB, together with such disclosures relating to the Indenture Trustee or the servicing of the Trust Student Loans, reasonably believed by the Administrator, on
behalf of the Issuer, to be necessary in order to effect such compliance. 
  

 58 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer, the Eligible Lender Trustee and the Indenture Trustee have caused this
Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers, thereunto duly authorized and duly attested, all as of the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	 SLM STUDENT LOAN TRUST 2007-4

		
	 By:
	 	CHASE BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but solely as Eligible Lender Trustee
		
	 By:
	 	 /S/ JOHN J. CASHIN

	 Name:
	 	John J. Cashin
	 Title:
	 	Vice President
	
	 CHASE BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not
 in
its individual capacity but solely as Eligible Lender Trustee

		
	 By:
	 	 /S/ JOHN J. CASHIN

	 Name:
	 	John J. Cashin
	 Title:
	 	Vice President
	
	 DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,
 not in
its individual capacity but solely as Indenture Trustee

		
	 By:
	 	 /S/ MICHELE HY VOON

	 Name:
	 	Michele HY Voon
	 Title:
	 	Attorney-in-fact
		
	 By:
	 	 /S/ DORIT RITTER-HADDAD

	 Name:
	 	Dorit Ritter-Haddad
	 Title:
	 	Attorney-in-fact

  

 59 

 APPENDIX A-1 
 TO THE INDENTURE 
 DEFINITIONS AND USAGE 
 SLM Student Loan Trust 2007-4 
 Usage

 The following rules of construction and usage shall be applicable to any instrument that is governed by this appendix (this
“Appendix A-1”): 
 (a) All terms defined in this Appendix A-1 shall have the defined meanings when used in any instrument governed
hereby and in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant thereto unless otherwise defined therein. 
 (b) As used herein,
in any instrument governed hereby and in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant thereto, accounting terms not defined in this Appendix or in any such instrument, certificate or other document, and accounting terms partly
defined in this Appendix or in any such instrument, certificate or other document, to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the date of such
instrument. To the extent that the definitions of accounting terms in this Appendix or in any such instrument, certificate or other document are inconsistent with the meanings of such terms under generally accepted accounting principles, the
definitions contained in this Appendix or in any such instrument, certificate or other document shall control. 
 (c) The words
“hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in an instrument refer to such instrument as a whole and not to any particular provision or subdivision thereof; references in an instrument to
“Article,” “Section” or another subdivision or to an attachment are, unless the context otherwise requires, to an article, section or subdivision of or an attachment to such instrument; and the term “including” means
“including without limitation.” 
 (d) The definitions contained in this Appendix A-1 are equally applicable to both the singular
and plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such terms. 
 (e) Any agreement,
instrument or statute defined or referred to below or any agreement or instrument that is governed by this Appendix A-1 means such agreement or instrument or statute as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including (in the case of
agreements or instruments) by assignment, assumption, waiver or consent and (in the case of statutes) by succession of comparable successor statutes and includes (in the case of agreements or instruments) references to all attachments thereto and
instruments incorporated therein. References to a Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns. 
 (f) All dollar amounts
calculated hereunder shall be rounded to the nearest penny with one half of one cent being rounded up to the next penny. 
  

 Appendix A-1-1 

 Definitions 
 “Accrual Period” means, with respect to a Distribution Date for (a) a class of Floating Rate Notes, the period from and including the immediately preceding Quarterly Distribution Date for such
class of Floating Rate Notes to but excluding the then current Distribution Date, or in the case of the initial accrual period, the period from and including the Closing Date to and including July 24, 2007, and (b) the class of Auction
Rate Notes, the period from and including the immediately preceding Auction Rate Distribution Date, or in the case of the initial such period, the Closing Date, to but excluding the next Auction Rate Distribution Date. 
 “Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
 “Actual/360” means that interest is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days. 
 “Add-On Consolidation Loan” means an eligible education loan which pursuant to the Higher Education Act and at the election of the borrower is added to such borrower’s existing Consolidation
Loan. 
 “Add-On Consolidation Loan Account” means an account designated as such, established and maintained pursuant to
Section 2.3(l) of the Administration Agreement. 
 “Add-On Consolidation Loan Account Initial Deposit” means
$15,000,000. 
 “Additional Bill of Sale” has the meaning specified in each of the Purchase Agreements or the Sale
Agreement, as applicable. 
 “Additional Purchase Agreement” has the meaning specified in each of the Purchase Agreements,
as applicable. 
 “Additional Sale Agreement” has the meaning specified in the Sale Agreement. 
 “Additional Trust Student Loan” means each Eligible Loan purchased by the Trust during the Supplemental Purchase Period or the Funding
Period from the Depositor pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Sale Agreement and each related Additional Sale Agreement. 
 “Adjusted
Pool Balance” means, for any Distribution Date, 
 (a) if the Pool Balance plus the Pre-Funding Account Balance as of
the last day of the related Collection Period is greater than 40% of the Initial Pool Balance (together with the aggregate initial principal balance of all Additional Trust Student Loans acquired using funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account,
including accrued interest to be capitalized, as of their respective Subsequent Cutoff Dates), then the Adjusted Pool Balance will be the sum of that Pool Balance, Capitalized Interest, the amounts (if any) on deposit in the Add-On Consolidation
Loan Account, the Pre-Funding Account Balance (excluding amounts in such accounts that will become Available Funds on the next Quarterly Distribution Date) and the Specified Reserve Account Balance for that Quarterly Distribution Date, or

  

 Appendix A-1-2 

 (b) if the Pool Balance plus the Pre-Funding Account Balance as of the last day of the
related Collection Period is greater than 40% of the Initial Pool Balance (together with the aggregate initial principal balance of all Additional Trust Student Loans acquired using funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account, including accrued
interest to be capitalized, as of their respective Subsequent Cutoff Dates), then the Adjusted Pool Balance will be the sum of that Pool Balance, Capitalized Interest, the amounts (if any) on deposit in the Add-On Consolidation Loan Account and the
Pre-Funding Account Balance (excluding amounts in such accounts that will become Available Funds on the next Quarterly Distribution Date). 
 “Administration Agreement” means the Administration Agreement dated as of April 5, 2007, among the Administrator, the Servicer, the Depositor, the Trust and the Eligible Lender Trustee. 
 “Administration Fees” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14 of the Administration Agreement. 
 “Administrator” means Sallie Mae, Inc., in its capacity as administrator of the Trust in accordance with the Administration Agreement.

 “Administrator Default” has the meaning specified in Section 5.1 of the Administration Agreement. 
 “Administrator’s Certificate” means an Officers’ Certificate of the Administrator delivered pursuant to Section 3.1(c) of
the Administration Agreement. 
 “Administrator’s Officers’ Certificate” means any Officers’ Certificate of
the Administrator delivered pursuant to Section 3.1(b) of the Administration Agreement. 
 “Affiliate” means, with
respect to any specified Person, any other Person controlling or controlled by or under common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the
power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings
correlative to the foregoing. 
 “Auction Agent” shall mean the Initial Auction Agent under the Initial Auction Agent
Agreement unless and until a Substitute Auction Agent Agreement becomes effective, after which “Auction Agent” shall mean the Substitute Auction Agent. 
 “Auction Agent Agreement” shall mean the Initial Auction Agent Agreement unless and until a Substitute Auction Agent Agreement is entered into, after which “Auction Agent Agreement” shall
mean such Substitute Auction Agent Agreement. 
 “Auction Agent Fee” has the meaning set forth in the Auction Agent
Agreement. 
 “Auction Rate Distribution Date” means for the Auction Rate Notes, (a) the Business Day following the end
of each Auction Period (as defined in Appendix A-2 to the Indenture) and (b) for an Auction Period in excess of 90 days, in addition to the days referred to in clause (a), the related Quarterly Distribution Date. 
  

 Appendix A-1-3 

 “Auction Note Interest Rate” shall have the meaning given to such term in Appendix A-2
to the Indenture. 
 “Auction Rate Notes” means the Class B-2B Notes. 
 “Auction Rate Note Procedures” means Appendix A-2 to the Indenture. 
 “Auction Rate Noteholder” means a Person in whose name an Auction Rate Note is registered in the Note Register. 
 “Authenticating Agent” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, in respect of the Excess Distribution Certificate. 

“Authorized Officer” means (i) with respect to the Trust, any officer of the Eligible Lender Trustee who is authorized to act
for the Eligible Lender Trustee in matters relating to the Trust pursuant to the Basic Documents and who is identified on the list of Authorized Officers delivered by the Eligible Lender Trustee to the Indenture Trustee on the Closing Date (as such
list may be modified or supplemented from time to time thereafter), (ii) with respect to the Administrator, any officer of the Administrator or any of its Affiliates who is authorized to act for the Administrator in matters relating to itself
or to the Trust and to be acted upon by the Administrator pursuant to the Basic Documents and who is identified on the list of Authorized Officers delivered by the Administrator to the Indenture Trustee on the Closing Date (as such list may be
modified or supplemented from time to time thereafter), (iii) with respect to the Depositor, any officer of the Depositor or any of its Affiliates who is authorized to act for the Depositor in matters relating to or to be acted upon by the
Depositor pursuant to the Basic Documents and who is identified on the list of Authorized Officers delivered by the Depositor to the Indenture Trustee on the Closing Date (as such list may be modified or supplemented from time to time thereafter)
and (iv) with respect to the Servicer, any officer of the Servicer who is authorized to act for the Servicer in matters relating to or to be acted upon by the Servicer pursuant to the Basic Documents and who is identified on the list of
Authorized Officers delivered by the Servicer to the Indenture Trustee on the Closing Date (as such list may be modified or supplemented from time to time thereafter). 
 “Available Funds” means, as to a Quarterly Distribution Date, Auction Rate Distribution Date or Monthly Allocation Date, the sum of the following amounts received with respect to the related
Collection Period or, in the case of a Monthly Allocation Date or Auction Rate Distribution Date, the applicable portion of these amounts: 
  

	 	(a)	all collections received by the Servicer on the Trust Student Loans, including any Guarantee Payments received on the Trust Student Loans, but net of: 

  

	 	(1)	any collections in respect of principal on the Trust Student Loans applied by the Trust to repurchase guaranteed loans from the Guarantors under the Guarantee Agreements; and

  

 Appendix A-1-4 

	 	(2)	amounts required by the Higher Education Act to be paid to the Department or to be repaid to borrowers, whether or not in the form of a principal reduction of the applicable Trust
Student Loan, on the Trust Student Loans for that Collection Period, including Consolidation Loan rebate fees; and 

  

	 	(3)	amounts deposited into the Floor Income Rebate Account during the related Collection Period; 

  

	 	(b)	any Interest Subsidy Payments and Special Allowance Payments with respect to the Trust Student Loans during that Collection Period; 

  

	 	(c)	all Liquidation Proceeds from any Trust Student Loans which became Liquidated Student Loans during that Collection Period in accordance with the Servicer’s customary servicing
procedures, net of expenses incurred by the Servicer related to their liquidation and any amounts required by law to be remitted to the borrowers on the Liquidated Student Loans, and all Recoveries on Liquidated Student Loans which were written off
in prior Collection Periods or during that Collection Period; 

  

	 	(d)	the aggregate Purchase Amounts received during that Collection Period for those Trust Student Loans repurchased by the Depositor or purchased by the Servicer or for Trust Student
Loans sold to another eligible lender pursuant to Section 3.11E of the Servicing Agreement; 

  

	 	(e)	the aggregate Purchase Amounts received during that Collection Period for those Trust Student Loans repurchased by either of SLM ECFC or VG Funding; 

  

	 	(f)	the aggregate Purchase Amounts received during that Collection Period for those Trust Student Loans purchased by the Servicer pursuant to Section 3.5H of the Servicing
Agreement; 

  

	 	(g)	the aggregate amounts, if any, received from any of SLM ECFC, VG Funding, the Depositor or the Servicer, as the case may be, as reimbursement of non-guaranteed interest amounts, or
lost Interest Subsidy Payments and Special Allowance Payments, on the Trust Student Loans pursuant to the Sale Agreement or Section 3.5 of the Servicing Agreement, respectively; 

  

	 	(h)	amounts received by the Trust pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.12 of the Servicing Agreement during that Collection Period as to yield or principal adjustments (other than prepayments
to the Borrower Benefit Account); 

  

	 	(i)	any interest remitted by the Administrator to the Collection Account prior to such Quarterly Distribution Date or Monthly Allocation Date; 

  

 Appendix A-1-5 

	 	(j)	Investment Earnings for that Distribution Date earned on amounts on deposit in each Trust Account (other than the Borrower Benefit Account and the Euro Account);

  

	 	(k)	amounts transferred from the Reserve Account in excess of the Specified Reserve Account Balance for that Distribution Date; 

  

	 	(l)	on each Distribution Date, all amounts on deposit in the Floor Income Rebate Account that were deposited into such account during the Collection Period preceding the Collection
Period that relates to such Distribution Date; 

  

	 	(m)	all amounts received by the Trust from the counterparty under any interest rate cap agreement entered pursuant to Section 2.3(vii) of the Trust Agreement for deposit into the
Collection Account for that Distribution Date; 

  

	 	(n)	on the Initial Quarterly Distribution Date, the Collection Account Initial Deposit and any amounts transferred into the Collection Account from the Supplemental Purchase Account
following the end of the Supplemental Purchase Period; 

  

	 	(o)	on the October 2007 Distribution Date, any amounts transferred into the Collection Account from the Pre-Funding Account following the end of the Funding Period;

  

	 	(p)	on the January 2008 Quarterly Distribution Date, any amounts transferred from the Add-On Consolidation Loan Account following the end of the Consolidation Loan Add-On Period;

  

	 	(q)	on the October 2008 Quarterly Distribution Date, all funds then remaining on deposit in the Capitalized Interest Account that are transferred into the Collection Account on that
Quarterly Distribution Date; 

  

	 	(r)	on each Quarterly Distribution Date, all funds then on deposit in the Future Distribution Account that are required to be disbursed on such Quarterly Distribution Date;

  

	 	(s)	on each Quarterly Distribution Date, any amounts transferred into the Collection Account from the Borrower Benefit Account pursuant to Section 2.10(f) of the Administration
Agreement; and 

  

	 	(t)	amounts required to be transferred from the Borrower Benefit Account for such Quarterly Distribution Date, to the extent funds are on deposit therein. 

 provided that if on any Distribution Date there would not be sufficient funds, after application of Available Funds, as defined above, and
application of amounts available from the Capitalized Interest Account and the Reserve Account to pay any of the items specified in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d)(1), (d)(2) and (e) of Section 2.8 of the Administration Agreement (but excluding
clause (e), and including clause (f), (g) and 

  

 Appendix A-1-6 

 
(h) thereof, in the event that a condition exists as described in either sub-clause (i) or (ii) of clause (x) of Section 2.8 of the
Administration Agreement), as set forth in Section 2.9 of the Administration Agreement, relating to such distributions, then Available Funds for that Distribution Date will include, in addition to the Available Funds as defined above,
amounts on deposit in the Collection Account, or amounts held by the Administrator, or which the Administrator reasonably estimates to be held by the Administrator, for deposit into the Collection Account on the related Determination Date which
would have constituted Available Funds for the Distribution Date succeeding that Distribution Date, up to the amount necessary to pay such items, and the Available Funds for the succeeding Distribution Date will be adjusted accordingly. 

“Basic Documents” means the Trust Agreement, the Indenture, the Servicing Agreement, the Administration Agreement, the Sale
Agreement, the SLM ECFC Purchase Agreement, the VG Funding Purchase Agreement, the Guarantee Agreements, the Note Depository Agreements, the Auction Agent Agreement, the Broker-Dealer Agreements, the Currency Swap Agreement, any interest rate cap
agreement, if executed pursuant to Section 2.3(vii) of the Trust Agreement, and other documents and certificates delivered in connection with any such documents. 
 “Benefit Plan” means (i) an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), whether or not subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA, (ii) a plan described in
Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code, whether or not subject to Section 4975 of the Code or (iii) any entity whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of a plan’s investment in the entity. 
 “Bill of Sale” has the meaning specified in each of the Purchase Agreements or the Sale Agreement, as applicable. 
 “Book-Entry Note” means a beneficial interest in the Notes, ownership and transfers of which shall be made through book entries by a
Clearing Agency as described in Section 2.10 of the Indenture. 
 “Borrower Benefit Account” means the account
designated as such, established and maintained pursuant to Section 2.3(m) of the Administration Agreement. 
 “Borrower Benefit
Account Initial Deposit” shall mean $0. 
 “Borrower Benefit Yield Reduction” has the meaning specified in
Section 3.12 of the Servicing Agreement. 
 “Broker-Dealer” shall mean, initially, each of the Initial Broker-Dealers,
and subsequently any other broker or dealer (each as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), commercial bank or other entity permitted by law to perform the functions required of a Broker-Dealer set forth in the Auction
Procedures that (a) is a Clearing Agency Participant (or an affiliate of a Clearing Agency Participant), (b) has been appointed as such by the Issuer pursuant to Section 2.02(f) of Appendix A-2 to the Indenture, and
(c) has entered into a Broker-Dealer Agreement that is in effect on the date of reference. 
 “Broker-Dealer Agreement”
has the meaning set forth in the Auction Agent Agreement. 
  

 Appendix A-1-7 

 “Broker-Dealer Fee” has the meaning set forth in the Auction Agent Agreement.

 “Business Day” means 
 (i) with respect to calculating LIBOR of a specified maturity, any day on which banks in New York, New York and London, England are open for the transaction of international business; 
 (ii) with respect to the Auction Agent Agreement, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions or trust
companies in New York, New York or Wilmington, Delaware are authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed, or a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed for business; 
 (iii) with respect to calculating EURIBOR of a specified maturity, any day on which TARGET, and banks in New York, New York and London,
England, are open for the transaction of international business and making payments in Euros in respect of the Class A-4B Notes; and 
 (iv) for all other purposes, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies in New York, New York or Wilmington, Delaware are authorized or obligated by law,
regulation or executive order to remain closed. 
 “Capitalized Interest” means for any Distribution Date through and
including the October 2008 Quarterly Distribution Date: 
 (i) if neither of the conditions set forth in clause (x) of
Section 2.8 of the Administration Agreement are in effect, the amount on deposit in the Capitalized Interest Account on the Distribution Date following distributions with respect to clauses (a), (b), (c), (d)(1), (d)(2) and (e) of
Section 2.8 of the Administration Agreement, or 
 (ii) if either of the conditions set forth in clause (x) of
Section 2.8 of the Administration Agreement is in effect, the excess, if any, of (x) the amount on deposit in the Capitalized Interest Account on the Quarterly Distribution Date following distributions with respect to clauses (a), (b),
(c), (d)(1) and (d)(2) of Section 2.8 of the Administration Agreement over (y) the Class B Noteholders’ Interest Distribution Amount. 
 “Capitalized Interest Account” means the account designated as such, established and maintained pursuant to Section 2.3(h) of the Administration Agreement. 
 “Capitalized Interest Account Balance” means as of any date of determination, the amount on deposit in the Capitalized Interest Account
(exclusive of Investment Earnings). 
 “Capitalized Interest Account Initial Deposit” means $161,000,000. 
 “Carry-over Amount” has the meaning specified in Appendix A-2 to the Indenture. 
  

 Appendix A-1-8 

 “Carryover Servicing Fee” has the meaning specified in Attachment A to the Servicing
Agreement. 
 “Class A Note” means any Class A-1 Note, Class A-2 Note, Class A-3 Note, Class A-4A Note,
Class A-4B Note or Class A-5 Note. 
 “Class A Notes” means the collective reference to the Class A-1 Notes,
Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes, Class A-4A Notes, Class A-4B Notes and Class A-5 Notes. 
 “Class A Note
Interest Shortfall” means, for any Quarterly Distribution Date, the sum for all of the Class A Notes of (1) the excess of: 
 (i) the Class A Noteholders’ Interest Distribution Amount on the preceding Quarterly Distribution Date, over 
 (ii) the amount of interest actually distributed to the Class A Noteholders (in the case of the LIBOR-Based Class A Notes) or paid to the Currency Swap Counterparty for interest (in the case of the
EURIBOR-Based Class A Notes) for payment to the EURIBOR-Based Class A Noteholders on the preceding Quarterly Distribution Date, 
 plus
(2) interest on the amount of that excess, to the extent permitted by law, at the interest rate applicable for each such class of Class A Notes from the preceding Distribution Date to the current Distribution Date. 
 “Class A Note Principal Shortfall” means, as of the close of any Quarterly Distribution Date, the excess of 
 (i) the Class A Noteholders’ Principal Distribution Amount on that Quarterly Distribution Date, over 
 (ii) the amount of principal actually distributed to the LIBOR-Based Class A Noteholders (in the case of the LIBOR-Based Class A
Notes) or paid to the Currency Swap Counterparty for principal (in the case of the EURIBOR-Based Class A Notes) for payment to the EURIBOR-Based Class A Noteholders on such Quarterly Distribution Date. 
 “Class A Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Class A Note is registered in the Note Register. 
 “Class A Noteholders’ Distribution Amount” means, for any Quarterly Distribution Date, the sum of the Class A
Noteholders’ Interest Distribution Amount and the Class A Noteholders’ Principal Distribution Amount for that Quarterly Distribution Date. 
 “Class A Noteholders’ Interest Distribution Amount” means, for any Quarterly Distribution Date, the sum of: 
 (1) the amount of interest accrued (or, in the case of the Class A-4B Notes, the amount payable by the Trust to the Swap Counterparty
with respect to interest on the U.S. Dollar notional amount of the Currency Swap Agreement) at the respective Class A Note Rates for the related Accrual Period; and 
  

 Appendix A-1-9 

 (2) the Class A Note Interest Shortfall for that Quarterly Distribution Date.

 “Class A Noteholders’ Principal Distribution Amount” means, for any Quarterly Distribution Date, the Principal
Distribution Amount times the Class A Percentage for that Quarterly Distribution Date, plus any Class A Note Principal Shortfall as of the close of business on the preceding Quarterly Distribution Date; provided that the Class A
Noteholders’ Principal Distribution Amount will not exceed the outstanding principal balance of the LIBOR-Based Class A Notes plus the amount payable to the Currency Swap Counterparty for principal in the case of the EURIBOR-Based
Class A Notes. 
 In addition, on the Note Final Maturity Date for any class of Class A Notes, the principal required to be
distributed to the related Class A Noteholders will include the amount required to reduce the Outstanding Amount of that class to zero (in the case of the LIBOR-Based Class A Notes) or the U.S. Dollar Notional Principal Balance of
that class to zero (in the case of the EURIBOR-Based Class A Notes). 
 “Class A Percentage” means 100% minus the Class
B Percentage. 
 “Class A-1 Maturity Date” means the January 2016 Quarterly Distribution Date. 
 “Class A-2 Maturity Date” means the April 2020 Quarterly Distribution Date. 
 “Class A-3 Maturity Date” means the January 2022 Quarterly Distribution Date. 
 “Class A-4A Maturity Date” means the April 2027 Quarterly Distribution Date. 
 “Class A-4B Maturity Date” means the April 2027 Quarterly Distribution Date. 
 “Class A-5 Maturity Date” means the January 2042 Quarterly Distribution Date. 
 “Class A-1 Noteholder” means a Person in whose name a Class A-1 Note is registered in the Note Register. 
 “Class A-2 Noteholder” means a Person in whose name a Class A-2 Note is registered in the Note Register. 
 “Class A-3 Noteholder” means a Person in whose name a Class A-3 Note is registered in the Note Register. 
 “Class A-4A Noteholder” means a Person in whose name a Class A-4A Note is registered in the Note Register. 
 “Class A-4B Noteholder” means a Person in whose name a Class A-4B Note is registered in the Note Register. 
  

 Appendix A-1-10 

 “Class A-5 Noteholder” means a Person in whose name a Class A-5 Note is registered
in the Note Register. 
 “Class A-1 Notes” means the $716,000,000 Floating Rate Class A-1 Student Loan-Backed Notes
issued by the Trust pursuant to the Indenture, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 thereto. 
 “Class A-2 Notes” means
the $763,000,000 Floating Rate Class A-2 Student Loan-Backed Notes issued by the Trust pursuant to the Indenture, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 thereto. 
 “Class A-3 Notes” means the $391,000,000 Floating Rate Class A-3 Student Loan-Backed Notes issued by the Trust pursuant to the Indenture, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-3 thereto.

 “Class A-4A Notes” means the $676,500,000 Floating Rate Class A-4A Student Loan-Backed Notes issued by the Trust
pursuant to the Indenture, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-4 thereto. 
 “Class A-4B Notes” means the
€500,000,000 EURIBOR Class A-4B Student Loan-Backed Notes issued by the Trust pursuant to the Indenture, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-5 thereto. 
 “Class A-5 Notes” means the $1,804,295,000 Floating Rate Class A-5 Student Loan-Backed Notes issued by the Trust pursuant to the Indenture, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-6 thereto.

 “Class A-1 Rate” means, for any Accrual Period after the initial Accrual Period, Three-Month LIBOR, as determined on the
second Business Day before the beginning of the applicable Accrual Period, plus 0.00%, based on an Actual/360 accrual method. For the initial Accrual Period, the Class A-1 Rate shall mean the Initial Accrual Rate plus 0.00%, based on an
Actual/360 accrual method. 
 “Class A-2 Rate” means, for any Accrual Period after the initial Accrual Period, Three-Month
LIBOR, as determined on the second Business Day before the beginning of the applicable Accrual Period, plus 0.04%, based on an Actual/360 accrual method. For the initial Accrual Period, the Class A-2 Rate shall mean the Initial Accrual Rate
plus 0.04%, based on an Actual/360 accrual method. 
 “Class A-3 Rate” means, for any Accrual Period after the initial
Accrual Period, Three-Month LIBOR, as determined on the second Business Day before the beginning of the applicable Accrual Period, plus 0.06%, based on an Actual/360 accrual method. For the initial Accrual Period, the Class A-3 Rate shall mean
the Initial Accrual Rate plus 0.06%, based on an Actual/360 accrual method. 
 “Class A-4A Rate” means, for any Accrual
Period after the initial Accrual Period, Three-Month LIBOR, as determined on the second Business Day before the beginning of the applicable Accrual Period, plus 0.08%, based on an Actual/360 accrual method. For the initial Accrual Period, the
Class A-4 Rate shall mean the Initial Accrual Rate plus 0.08%, based on an Actual/360 accrual method. 
  

 Appendix A-1-11 

 “Class A-4B Rate” means, for any Accrual Period after the initial Accrual Period,
(i) with respect to the Class A-4B Noteholders, Three-Month EURIBOR, as determined on the second Business Day before the beginning of the applicable Accrual Period, plus 0.08%, based on an Actual/360 accrual method, and (ii) with
respect to the Currency Swap Counterparty, Three-Month LIBOR, as determined on the second Business Day before the beginning of the applicable Accrual Period, plus 0.078%, based on an Actual/360 accrual method. For the initial Accrual Period, the
Class A-4B Rate shall mean the Initial Accrual Rate plus 0.08% (with respect to the Class A-4B Noteholders) and plus 0.078% (with respect to the Currency Swap Counterparty), based on an Actual/360 accrual method. 
 “Class A-5 Rate” means, for any Accrual Period after the initial Accrual Period, Three-Month LIBOR, as determined on the second Business
Day before the beginning of the applicable Accrual Period, plus 0.13%, based on an Actual/360 accrual method. For the initial Accrual Period, the Class A-5 Rate shall mean the Initial Accrual Rate plus 0.13%, based on an Actual/360 accrual
method. 
 “Class B Note” means any Class B-1 Note, Class B-2A Note or Class B-2B Note. 
 “Class B Notes” means the collective reference to the Class B-1 Notes, Class B-2A Notes or Class B-2B Notes. 
 “Class B Note Interest Shortfall” means, for any Distribution Date, the sum for all of the Class B Notes with a Distribution Date on
this Distribution Date, of (1) the excess of: 
 (i) the Class B Noteholders’ Interest Distribution Amount
(excluding Carry-over Amounts) that was payable on the preceding Distribution Date to each class of Class B Notes with a Distribution Date on this Distribution Date; over 
 (ii) the amount of interest actually distributed to the applicable Class B Noteholders; 
 plus (2) interest on the amount of that excess, to the extent permitted by law, at the interest rate applicable for each such class of Class B Notes from the
preceding Distribution Date to the current Distribution Date. 
 “Class B Note Principal Shortfall” means, as of the close
of any Quarterly Distribution Date, the excess of 
 (i) the Class B Noteholders’ Principal Distribution Amount on such
Quarterly Distribution Date over 
 (ii) the amount of principal actually distributed on such Quarterly Distribution Date to
the Class B Noteholders (or deposited on such Quarterly Distribution Date in the Future Distribution Account if such Quarterly Distribution Date is not also an Auction Rate Distribution Date for the Auction Rate Notes). 
  

 Appendix A-1-12 

 “Class B Note” means any Class B-1 Note, the Class B-2A Note or Class B-2B Note.

 “Class B Notes” means the collective reference to the Class B-1 Notes, the Class B-2A Notes and the Class B-2B Notes.

 “Class B Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Class B Note is registered in the Note Register. 
 “Class B Noteholders’ Distribution Amount” means, for any Quarterly Distribution Date, the sum of the Class B Noteholders’
Interest Distribution Amount and the Class B Noteholders’ Principal Distribution Amount for that Quarterly Distribution Date. 
 “Class B Noteholders’ Interest Distribution Amount” means, for any Distribution Date, the sum of: 
 (1) the amount of interest accrued at the Class B-1 Rate, the Class B-2A or the Class B-2B Rate, as applicable, for the related Accrual Period with respect to all classes of Class B Notes with a Distribution Date on such Distribution Date
on the Outstanding Amount of these classes of Class B Notes on the applicable immediately preceding Distribution Date(s) after giving effect to all principal distributions or allocations to Class B Noteholders on preceding Distribution Dates or, in
the case of the first Distribution Date for these classes, on the Closing Date, and 
 (2) the Class B Note Interest Shortfall
for that Distribution Date. 
 “Class B Noteholders’ Principal Distribution Amount” means, for any Quarterly
Distribution Date, the Principal Distribution Amount times the Class B Percentage for that Quarterly Distribution Date, plus any Class B Note Principal Shortfall as of the close of business on the preceding Quarterly Distribution Date; provided that
the Class B Noteholders’ Principal Distribution Amount will not exceed the Outstanding Amount of the Class B Notes. 
 In addition, on
the Note Final Maturity Date for any class of Class B Notes, the principal required to be distributed to the related Class B Noteholders will include the amount required to reduce the Outstanding Amount of that class to zero. 
 “Class B Percentage” with respect to any Quarterly Distribution Date, means: 
 (a) prior to the Stepdown Date or with respect to any Quarterly Distribution Date on which a Trigger Event is in effect, zero; and 
 (b) on and after the Stepdown Date and provided that no Trigger Event is in effect, a fraction expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the
aggregate principal balance of the Class B Notes immediately prior to that Quarterly Distribution Date and the denominator of which is the aggregate principal balance of all outstanding LIBOR-Based Notes and Auction Rate Notes and the
U.S. Dollar Notional Principal Balance of the EURIBOR-Based Class A Notes immediately prior to that Quarterly Distribution Date. 
  

 Appendix A-1-13 

 “Class B-1 Maturity Date” means the July 2025 Quarterly Distribution Date. 

“Class B-1 Noteholder” means a Person in whose name a Class B-1 Note is registered in the Note Register. 
 “Class B-1 Notes” means the $71,000,000 Floating Rate Class B-1 Student Loan-Backed Notes issued by the Trust pursuant to the Indenture,
substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1 thereto. 
 “Class B-1 Rate” means, for any Accrual Period after the initial
Accrual Period, Three-Month LIBOR, as determined on the second Business Day before the beginning of the applicable Accrual Period, plus 0.14%, based on an Actual/360 accrual method. For the initial Accrual Period, the Class B-1 Rate shall mean the
Initial Accrual Rate plus 0.14%, based on an Actual/360 accrual method. 
 “Class B-2A Maturity Date” means the January 2042
Quarterly Distribution Date. 
 “Class B-2A Noteholder” means a Person in whose name a Class B-2A Note is registered in the
Note Register. 
 “Class B-2A Notes” means the $35,205,000 Floating Rate Class B-2A Student Loan-Backed Notes issued by the
Trust pursuant to the Indenture, substantially in the form of Exhibit B-2A thereto. 
 “Class B-2A Rate” means, for any
Accrual Period after the initial Accrual Period, Three-Month LIBOR, as determined on the second Business Day before the beginning of the applicable Accrual Period, plus 0.25%, based on an Actual/360 accrual method. For the initial Accrual Period,
the Class B-2A Rate shall mean the Initial Accrual Rate plus 0.25%, based on an Actual/360 accrual method. 
 “Class B-2B Maturity
Date” means the January 2042 Quarterly Distribution Date. 
 “Class B-2B Noteholder” means a Person in whose name a
Class B-2B Note is registered in the Note Register. 
 “Class B-2B Notes” means the $49,000,000 Auction Rate Class B-2B
Student Loan-Backed Notes issued by the Trust pursuant to the Indenture, substantially in the form of Exhibit B-2B thereto. 
 “Class
B-2B Rate” means, for any Accrual Period after the initial Auction Date, the Auction Note Interest Rate for the Class B-2B Notes. For the initial Accrual Period, the Class B-2B Rate shall mean 5.32%. 
 “Clearing Agency” means DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as applicable, or another organization registered as a “clearing
agency” pursuant to applicable law. The initial Clearing Agency, other than for the Class A-4B Notes, shall be DTC and the nominee for such Clearing Agency shall be Cede & Co. The initial Clearing Agency for the Class A-4B
Notes shall be Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg and the nominee for such Clearing Agency shall be BT Globenet Nominees Limited. 
  

 Appendix A-1-14 

 “Clearing Agency Participant” means a broker, dealer, bank, other financial institution
or other Person for whom from time to time a Clearing Agency effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Clearing Agency. 
 “Clearstream, Luxembourg” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, Luxembourg or any successor thereto. 
 “Closing Date” means April 5, 2007. 
 “Code” means the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. 
 “Collateral” has the
meaning specified in the Granting Clause of the Indenture. 
 “Collection Account” means the account designated as such,
established and maintained pursuant to Section 2.3(f) of the Administration Agreement. 
 “Collection Account Initial
Deposit” means $6,160,000 plus $0 (representing the excess, if any, of the Pool Balance as of the Statistical Cutoff Date over the Pool Balance as of the Closing Date, to the extent such excess amount is not deposited into the Supplemental
Purchase Account). 
 “Collection Period” means, with respect to the first Quarterly Distribution Date, the period beginning
on the Closing Date and ending on June 30, 2007, and with respect to each subsequent Quarterly Distribution Date the Collection Period means the three calendar months immediately following the end of the previous Collection Period. 

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 “Common Depository” means DTC, Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear, as applicable. 
 “Consolidation Loans” means Student Loans made in accordance with the Section 428C of the Higher Education Act. 
 “Consolidation Loan Add-On Period” means the period during which the Trust will be able to purchase Add On Consolidation Loans with
funds on deposit in the Add- On Consolidation Loan Account beginning on the Closing Date and ending on December 31, 2007. 
 “Corporate Trust Office” means (i) with respect to the Indenture Trustee,
the principal office of the Indenture Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the Closing Date is located at 60 Wall Street, 26th Floor, Mailstop NYC60-2606, New York, New York 10005, Attention: Trust & Securities Services/Structured Finance Services, telephone:
(908) 608-3089, facsimile: (212) 553-2461 or at such other address as the Indenture Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Noteholders and the 

  

 Appendix A-1-15 

 
Depositor, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Indenture Trustee (the address of which the successor Indenture Trustee will notify the
Noteholders, the Administrator and the Depositor); (ii) with respect to the Eligible Lender Trustee, the principal corporate trust office of the Eligible Lender Trustee located at Christiana Center/OPS4, 500 Stanton Christiana Road, Newark,
Delaware 19713, Attention: Corporate Trust Department (telephone: (302) 552-6279; facsimile: (302) 552-6280); or at such other address as the Eligible Lender Trustee may designate by notice to the Depositor, or the principal corporate
trust office of any successor Eligible Lender Trustee (the address of which the successor Eligible Lender Trustee will notify the Administrator and the Depositor) and (iii) with respect to the Delaware Trustee, the principal Delaware address
located at 502 White Clay Center, Route 273, Newark, Delaware 19711, Attention: Kristine Gullo, Vice President (telephone: 302-283-8905; facsimile: 302-453-4400), or at such other address as the Delaware Trustee may designate by notice to the
Depositor, or the principal Delaware address of any successor Delaware Trustee (the address of which the successor Delaware Trustee will notify the Administrator and the Depositor). 
 “Credit Support Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 3.1A of the Indenture. 
 “Currency Swap Agreement” means with respect to the Class A-4B Notes, the Currency Swap Agreement between the Trust and the
Currency Swap Counterparty dated April 5, 2007, or any amendments or replacements thereto. 
 “Currency Swap
Counterparty” means the Eligible Swap Counterparty that is a party, in its capacity as a swap counterparty, to the Currency Swap Agreement, initially Barclays Bank PLC. 
 “Custody Account” means any account including any sub-accounts thereto, designated as such, established and maintained pursuant to
Section 2.10(i) of the Administration Agreement. 
 “Custody Agreement” means any Custody Agreement entered into
between the Trust and the related Custodian in connection with the Currency Swap Agreement. 
 “Custodian” means the entity
that holds all amounts on deposit in the Custody Account for the benefit of the Trust and the Currency Swap Counterparty. 
 “Cutoff
Date” means (a) the Initial Cutoff Date with respect to the Initial Trust Student Loans and (b) the applicable Subsequent Cutoff Date with respect to the related Additional Trust Student Loan or Substituted Trust Student Loan.

 “Default” means any occurrence that is, or with notice or the lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default.

 “Definitive Notes” has the meaning specified in Section 2.10 of the Indenture. 
 “Delaware Statutory Trust Act” means Chapter 38 of Title 12, Part V of the Delaware Code, entitled “Treatment of Delaware Statutory
Trusts.” 
 “Delaware Trustee” means The Bank of New York (Delaware), a Delaware banking corporation, not in its
individual capacity but solely as Delaware Trustee under the Trust Agreement. “Delaware Trustee” shall also mean each successor Delaware Trustee as of the qualification of such successor as Delaware Trustee under the Trust Agreement.

  

 Appendix A-1-16 

 “Delivery” when used with respect to Trust Account Property means: 
 (a) with respect to bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, negotiable certificates of deposit and other obligations that constitute
“instruments” within the meaning of Section 9-102(a)(47) of the UCC and are susceptible of physical delivery, transfer thereof to the Indenture Trustee or its nominee or custodian by physical delivery to the Indenture Trustee or its
nominee or custodian endorsed to, or registered in the name of, the Indenture Trustee or its nominee or custodian or endorsed in blank, and, with respect to a certificated security (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(4) of the UCC) transfer thereof
(i) by delivery of such certificated security endorsed to, or registered in the name of, the Indenture Trustee or its nominee or custodian or endorsed in blank to a securities intermediary (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(14) of the UCC)
and the making by such securities intermediary of entries on its books and records identifying such certificated securities as belonging to the Indenture Trustee or its nominee or custodian and the sending by such securities intermediary of a
confirmation of the purchase of such certificated security by the Indenture Trustee or its nominee or custodian, or (ii) by delivery thereof to a “clearing corporation” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(5) of the UCC) and the
making by such clearing corporation of appropriate entries on its books reducing the appropriate securities account of the transferor and increasing the appropriate securities account of a securities intermediary by the amount of such certificated
security, the identification by the clearing corporation of the certificated securities for the sole and exclusive account of the securities intermediary, the maintenance of such certificated securities by such clearing corporation or the nominee of
either subject to the clearing corporation’s exclusive control, the sending of a confirmation by the securities intermediary of the purchase by the Indenture Trustee or its nominee or custodian of such securities and the making by such
securities intermediary of entries on its books and records identifying such certificated securities as belonging to the Indenture Trustee or its nominee or custodian (all of the foregoing, but not including Trust Student Loans, “Physical
Property”); and such additional or alternative procedures as may hereafter become appropriate to effect the complete transfer of ownership of any such Trust Account Property to the Indenture Trustee or its nominee or custodian, consistent with
changes in applicable law or regulations or the interpretation thereof; 
 (b) with respect to any security issued by the U.S. Treasury, the
Government National Mortgage Association, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation or the Federal National Mortgage Association that is a book-entry security held at a Federal Reserve Bank pursuant to Federal book-entry regulations, the following
procedures, all in accordance with applicable law, including applicable Federal regulations and Articles 8 and 9 of the UCC: the crediting of such book-entry security to an appropriate book-entry account of the Indenture Trustee or its nominee or
the custodian or securities intermediary at a Federal Reserve Bank, causing the custodian to continuously indicate by book-entry such book-entry security as credited to the relevant book-entry account, the continuous crediting of such book-entry
security to a securities account of the custodian at such Federal Reserve Bank and the continuous identification of such book-entry security by the custodian as credited to the appropriate book-entry account; and 
  

 Appendix A-1-17 

 (c) with respect to any item of Trust Account Property that is an uncertificated security under Article 8
of the UCC and that is not governed by clause (b) above, “control” within the meaning of Section 8-106(c) of the UCC. 
 “Department” means the United States Department of Education, an agency of the Federal government. 
 “Depositor” means SLM Funding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors and assigns, including, for such purpose, a permitted transferee of all of SLM Funding LLC’s right, title and interest in the
Excess Distribution Certificate. 
 “Depository Agreement” means the Note Depository Agreement. 
 “Determination Date” means, with respect to the Collection Period preceding any Quarterly Distribution Date, the first Business Day
preceding such Quarterly Distribution Date. 
 “Distribution Date” means each Quarterly Distribution Date and Auction Rate
Distribution Date. 
 “DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, or any successor thereto. 
 “DTC Custodian” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas. 
 “Eligible Deposit Account” means either (a) a segregated account with an Eligible Institution or (b) a segregated trust
account with the corporate trust department of a depository institution organized under the laws of the United States of America or any one of the States or the District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank), having corporate trust
powers and acting as trustee for funds deposited in such account, so long as any of the securities of such depository institution have a credit rating from Moody’s, S&P, and, if such institution is rated by Fitch, Fitch, in one of their
generic rating categories which signifies investment grade. 
 “Eligible Institution” means a depository institution
organized under the laws of the United States of America or any one of the States or the District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank) (i) which has (A) either a long-term senior unsecured debt rating of “AAA”
or a short-term senior unsecured debt or certificate of deposit rating of “A-1+” or better by S&P and (B)(1) a long-term senior unsecured debt rating of “A1” or better and (2) a short-term senior unsecured debt rating of
“P-1” or better by Moody’s, and (C) a long-term senior unsecured debt rating of “AA” or a short-term senior unsecured debt rating of “F1+” by Fitch, or any other long-term, short-term or certificate of deposit
rating with respect to which the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied and (ii) whose deposits are insured by the FDIC. If so qualified, the Eligible Lender Trustee or the Indenture Trustee may be considered an Eligible Institution.

 “Eligible Investments” means book-entry securities, negotiable instruments or securities represented by instruments in
bearer or registered form which evidence: 
 (a) direct obligations of, and obligations fully guaranteed as to timely payment by, the United
States of America, the Government National Mortgage Association, the Federal 

  

 Appendix A-1-18 

 
Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, the Federal National Mortgage Association, or any agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the obligations
of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America; provided that obligations of, or guaranteed by, the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac) or the
Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) shall be Eligible Investments only if, at the time of investment, they meet the criteria of each of the Rating Agencies for collateral for securities having ratings equivalent to the respective
ratings of the Notes in effect at the Closing Date; 
 (b) demand deposits, time deposits or certificates of deposit of any depository
institution or trust company incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or any State (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank) and subject to supervision and examination by Federal or state banking or depository institution
authorities (including depository receipts issued by any such institution or trust company as custodian with respect to any obligation referred to in clause (a) above or portion of such obligation for the benefit of the holders of such
depository receipts); provided that at the time of the investment or contractual commitment to invest therein (which shall be deemed to be made again each time funds are reinvested following each Distribution Date), the commercial paper or
other short-term senior unsecured debt obligations (other than such obligations the rating of which is based on the credit of a Person other than such depository institution or trust company) thereof shall have a credit rating from each of the
Rating Agencies in the highest investment category granted thereby; 
 (c) commercial paper having, at the time of the investment, a rating
from each of the Rating Agencies in the highest investment category granted thereby; 
 (d) investments in money market funds having a rating
from each of the Rating Agencies in the highest investment category granted thereby (including funds for which the Indenture Trustee, the Administrator or the Eligible Lender Trustee or any of their respective Affiliates is investment manager or
advisor); 
 (e) bankers’ acceptances issued by any depository institution or trust company referred to in clause (b) above;

 (f) repurchase obligations with respect to any security that is a direct obligation of, or fully guaranteed by, the United States of
America or any agency or instrumentality thereof the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America, in either case entered into with a depository institution or trust company (acting as principal)
described in clause (b) above; 
 (g) asset-backed securities, including asset-backed securities issued by Affiliates, or entities formed
by Affiliates, of SLM Corporation, but excluding mortgage-backed securities, that at the time of investment have a rating in the highest investment category granted by each of the Rating Agencies, but not at a purchase price in excess of par;

 (h) Eligible Repurchase Obligations; and 
 (i) any other investment which would not result in the downgrading or withdrawal of any rating of the Notes by any of the Rating Agencies as affirmed in writing delivered to the Indenture Trustee. 
  

 Appendix A-1-19 

 For purposes of the definition of “Eligible Investments” the phrase “highest investment
category” means (i) in the case of Fitch, “AAA” for long-term investments (or the equivalent) and “F-1+” for short-term investments (or the equivalent), (ii) in the case of Moody’s, “Aaa” for
long-term investments (or the equivalent) and “P-1” for short-term investments (or the equivalent), and (iii) in the case of S&P, “AAA” for long-term investments (or the equivalent) and “A-1+” for short-term
investments (or the equivalent). A proposed investment not rated by Fitch but rated in the highest investment category by Moody’s and S&P shall be considered to be rated by each of the Rating Agencies in the highest investment category
granted thereby. 
 “Eligible Lender Trustee” means Chase Bank USA, National Association, a national banking association,
not in its individual capacity but solely as Eligible Lender Trustee under the Trust Agreement. “Eligible Lender Trustee” shall also mean each successor Eligible Lender Trustee as of the qualification of such successor as Eligible Lender
Trustee under the Trust Agreement. 
 “Eligible Loans” has the meaning specified in any of the Purchase Agreements or the
Sale Agreement, as applicable. 
 “Eligible Repo Counterparty” means an institution that is an eligible lender (under the
Federal Family Education Loan Program) or that holds Student Loans through an eligible lender trustee and whose short-term debt ratings are not less than “P-1” by Moody’s, “A-1” by S&P and “F1” by Fitch, if
rated by Fitch. 
 “Eligible Repurchase Obligations” means repurchase obligations with respect to Student Loans serviced by
the Servicer or an Affiliate thereof, entered into with an Eligible Repo Counterparty, provided that the applicable repurchase date shall occur no later than the Business Day prior to the next Distribution Date. 
 “Eligible Swap Counterparty” means an entity engaged in the business of entering into derivative instrument contracts that meets the
then published criteria of the rating agencies for a swap counterparty to be eligible to provide swaps to transactions similar to this transaction, or that otherwise satisfies the Rating Agency Condition. 
 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. 
 “EURIBOR” means Three-Month EURIBOR or Four-Month EURIBOR, as applicable. 
 “EURIBOR Determination Date” means, for each Accrual Period, the day that is two EURIBOR Settlement Days before the beginning of that
Accrual Period. 
 “EURIBOR Notes,” “EURIBOR-Based Notes” and “EURIBOR-Based Class A
Notes” means the Class A-4B Notes. 
 “EURIBOR Settlement Day” means any day on which TARGET is open which is
also a day on which banks in New York, New York and London, England are open for business. 
 “Euro Account” means any
account designated as such, established and maintained pursuant to Section 2.3(i) of the Administration Agreement. 
  

 Appendix A-1-20 

 “Euroclear” means the Euroclear System, or any successor thereto. 
 “European Clearing Systems” means Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg. 
 “Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 5.1 of the Indenture. 
 “Excess Distribution Certificate” means the certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit A to the Trust Agreement, evidencing the
right to receive payments thereon as set forth in Sections 2.8(o) and 2.9(f) of the Administration Agreement. 
 “Excess Distribution
Certificate Paying Agent” means any paying agent or co-paying agent appointed pursuant to Section 3.3(g) of the Trust Agreement, which paying agent shall initially be the Indenture Trustee. 
 “Excess Distribution Certificate Register” and “Excess Distribution Certificate Registrar” mean the register mentioned
and the registrar appointed pursuant to Section 3.3(c) of the Trust Agreement. 
 “Excess Distribution
Certificateholder” means the person in whose name an Excess Distribution Certificate is registered in the Excess Distribution Certificate Register. 
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
 “Executive
Officer” means, with respect to any corporation, the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, the Secretary or the
Treasurer of such corporation; and with respect to any partnership, any general partner thereof. 
 “Expenses” means any and
all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, taxes, claims, actions and suits, and any and all reasonable costs, expenses and disbursements (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) of any kind and nature whatsoever which may at any time be
imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Eligible Lender Trustee or any of its officers, directors or agents in any way relating to or arising out of the Trust Agreement, the other Basic Documents, the Trust Estate, the administration of the
Trust Estate or the action or inaction of the Eligible Lender Trustee under the Trust Agreement or the other Basic Documents. 
 “Exposure” has the meaning specified in the related Currency Swap Agreements. 
 “FDIC” means the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. 
 “Federal Funds Rate” means the rate set forth for such day opposite the caption
“Federal Funds (effective)” in the weekly statistical release designated H.15(519), or any successor publication, published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. If such rate is not published in the relevant H.15(519)
for any day, the rate for such day shall be the arithmetic mean of the rates for the last transaction in overnight Federal Funds arranged prior to 9:00 a.m. New York City time on that day by each of four leading brokers in such transactions located
in New York City selected by the Administrator. The Federal Funds rate for each Saturday and Sunday and for any other that is not a Business Day shall be the Federal Funds Rate for the preceding Business Day as determined above. 
  

 Appendix A-1-21 

 “Fitch” means Fitch, Inc., also known as Fitch Ratings or any successor Rating Agency.

 “Floating Rate Class A Notes” means the collective reference to the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes,
Class A-3 Notes, Class A-4A and Class A-5 Notes. 
 “Floating Rate Class B Notes” means the collective
reference to the Class B-1 Notes and Class B-2A Notes. 
 “Floating Rate Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a
Floating Rate Note is registered in the Note Register. 
 “Floating Rate Notes” means the Floating Rate Class A Notes
and the Floating Rate Class B Notes. 
 “Floor Income Rebate Account” means the account designated as such, established and
maintained pursuant to Section 2.3(n) of the Administration Agreement. 
 “Four-Month LIBOR” see Three-Month LIBOR.

 “Four-Month EURIBOR” see Three-Month EURIBOR. 
 “Funding Interim Trust Agreement” means the Interim Trust Agreement, dated as of April 5, 2007, between the Depositor and the
Interim Eligible Lender Trustee. 
 “Funding Period” means the period during which the Trust will be able to purchase
Additional Trust Student Loans with funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account, beginning on the Closing Date and ending on September 30, 2007. 
 “Future Distribution Account” means the account designated as such, established and maintained pursuant to Section 2.3(j) of the Administration Agreement. 
 “Future Distribution Account Initial Deposit” means $0. 
 “GLB Regulations” means the Joint Banking Agencies’ Privacy of Consumer Financial Information, Final Rule (12 CFR Parts 40, 216, 332 and 573) or the Federal Trade Commission’s Privacy of
Consumer Financial Information, Final Rule (16 CFR Part 313), as applicable, implementing Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, Public Law 106-102, as amended. 
 “Grant” means mortgage, pledge, bargain, sell, warrant, alienate, remise, release, convey, assign, transfer, create and grant a lien upon and a security interest in and right of set-off against,
deposit, set over and confirm pursuant to the Indenture. A Grant of the Collateral or of any other agreement or instrument shall include all rights, powers and options (but none of the obligations) of the Granting party thereunder, including the
immediate and continuing right to claim for, collect, receive and give receipt for principal and interest payments in respect of the Collateral and all other moneys payable thereunder, to give and receive notices and other communications, 

  

 Appendix A-1-22 

 
to make waivers or other agreements, to exercise all rights and options, to bring Proceedings in the name of the Granting party or otherwise and generally to
do and receive anything that the Granting party is or may be entitled to do or receive thereunder or with respect thereto. 
 “Guarantee Agreement” means any agreement between any Guarantor and the Eligible Lender Trustee providing for the payment by the Guarantor of amounts authorized to be paid pursuant to the Higher Education Act to holders of
qualifying Student Loans guaranteed in accordance with the Higher Education Act by such Guarantor. 
 “Guarantee Payment”
means any payment made by a Guarantor pursuant to a Guarantee Agreement in respect of a Trust Student Loan. 
 “Guarantor”
means any entity listed on Attachment B (as amended from time to time) to the Sale Agreement, the Purchase Agreements, any Additional Purchase Agreement or any Additional Sale Agreement, as applicable. 
 “H.15(519)” means the weekly statistical release designated as such, or any successor publication, published by the Board of Governors
of the United States Federal Reserve System. 
 “H.15 Daily Update” means the daily update for H.15(519), available
through the world wide web site of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System at http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h15/update, or any successor site or publications. 
 “Higher Education Act” means the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, together with any rules, regulations and interpretations
thereunder. 
 “Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of April 5, 2007, among the Eligible Lender Trustee on behalf
of the Trust, the Trust and the Indenture Trustee. 
 “Indenture Trust Estate” means all money, instruments, rights and
other property that are subject or intended to be subject to the lien and security interest of the Indenture for the benefit of the Noteholders (including all Collateral Granted to the Indenture Trustee), including all proceeds thereof. 

“Indenture Trustee” means Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation, not in its individual capacity but
solely as trustee under the Indenture. 
 “Independent” means, when used with respect to any specified Person, that the
Person (a) is in fact independent of the Trust, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Depositor and any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons, (b) does not have any direct financial interest or any material indirect financial interest
in the Trust, any such other obligor, the Depositor or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons and (c) is not connected with the Trust, any such other obligor, the Depositor or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons as an officer,
employee, promoter, underwriter, placement agent, trustee, partner, director or person performing similar functions. 
 “Independent
Certificate” means a certificate or opinion to be delivered to the Indenture Trustee under the circumstances described in, and otherwise complying with, the applicable 

  

 Appendix A-1-23 

 
requirements of Section 11.1 of the Indenture, made by an Independent appraiser or other expert appointed by an Issuer Order and approved by the
Indenture Trustee in the exercise of reasonable care, and such opinion or certificate shall state that the signer has read the definition of “Independent” in the Indenture and that the signer is Independent within the meaning thereof.

 “Index Maturity” means, with respect to any Accrual Period, a period of time equal to one month, three months, four
months, six months or one year, as applicable, commencing on the first day of that Accrual Period. 
 “Initial Accrual Rate”
means for each class of Floating Rate Notes and EURIBOR Notes and the Accrual Period commencing on the Closing Date to, but excluding, the first Distribution Date for that class of Notes, the rate per annum as determined on the related Determination
Date, as follows: 
 X + [ 20 / 32 * (Y-X)] 
 where: 
 X = Three-Month LIBOR or Three-Month EURIBOR, as the case may be, and 
 Y = Four-Month LIBOR or Four-Month EURIBOR, as the case may be. 
 “Initial Auction Agent” means The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, and its successors and assigns. 
 “Initial Auction Agent Agreement” means the Auction Agent Agreement, dated as of April 5, 2007, among the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Initial Auction Agent, including any amendment
thereof or supplement thereto. 
 “Initial Auction Date” means April 25, 2007 with respect to the Class B-2B Notes.

 “Initial Broker-Dealer” means each of Banc of America Securities LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Wachovia Capital
Markets, LLC. 
 “Initial Currency Swap Agreement” see Currency Swap Agreement. 
 “Initial Cutoff Date” means April 5, 2007. 
 “Initial Cutoff Date Pool Balance” means, as of the Initial Cutoff Date and with respect to the Initial Trust Student Loans, $2,756,222,004.47. 
 “Initial Pool Balance” means (1) the Initial Cutoff Date Pool Balance and (y) the Supplemental Purchase Account Initial
Deposit, plus (2) the Add-On Consolidation Loan Account Initial Deposit. 
  

 Appendix A-1-24 

 “Initial Purchasers” means each of Banc of America Securities Limited, Barclays Bank
PLC, DEPFA Bank plc, Fortis Bank S.A./N.V., J.P. Morgan Securities Ltd. and Wachovia Securities International Limited. 
 “Initial
Trust Student Loans” means the Trust Student Loans purchased by the Trust on the Closing Date pursuant to the Sale Agreement. 
 “Insolvency Event” means, with respect to a specified Person, (a) the filing of a decree or order for relief by a court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of such Person or any substantial part of its
property in an involuntary case under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official for
such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of such Person’s affairs, which decree or order remains unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or (b) the commencement
by such Person of a voluntary case under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or the consent by such Person to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such
law, or the consent by such Person to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or the making by
such Person of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the failure by such Person generally to pay its debts as such debts become due, or the taking of action by such Person in furtherance of any of the foregoing. 
 “Interest Subsidy Payments” means payments, designated as such, consisting of interest subsidies by the Department in respect of the
Trust Student Loans to the Eligible Lender Trustee on behalf of the Trust in accordance with the Higher Education Act. 
 “Interim
Eligible Lender Trustee” means Chase Bank USA, National Association, a national banking association, not in its individual capacity but solely as Interim Eligible Lender Trustee under the Interim Trust Agreement. “Interim Eligible
Lender Trustee” shall also mean each successor Interim Eligible Lender Trustee as of the qualification of such Interim Eligible Lender Trustee under the Interim Trust Agreement. 
 “Interim Trust Agreement” means the Funding Interim Trust Agreement and the VG Funding Interim Trust Agreement. 
 “Interim Trust Loans” has the meaning set forth in the Interim Trust Agreement. 
 “Investment Earnings” means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the investment earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) on
amounts on deposit in the Trust Accounts (other than the Borrower Benefits Account) to be deposited into the Collection Account on or prior to such Distribution Date pursuant to Section 2.3(b) of the Administration Agreement. 
 “Issuer” means the Trust and, for purposes of any provision contained in the Indenture and required by the TIA, each other obligor on
the Notes. 
 “Issuer Order” and “Issuer Request” means a written order or request signed in the name of
the Issuer by any one of its Authorized Officers and delivered to the Indenture Trustee. 
  

 Appendix A-1-25 

 “Letter of Credit Transaction” has the meaning specified in the related Currency Swap
Agreements. 
 “LIBOR” means One-Month LIBOR, Three-Month LIBOR, Four-Month LIBOR, Six-Month LIBOR or One-Year LIBOR, as
applicable. 
 “LIBOR-Based Class A Notes” means the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes, Class A-3 Notes,
Class A-4A Notes and Class A-5 Notes. 
 “LIBOR-Based Class B Notes” means the Class B-1 Notes and Class B-2A
Notes. 
 “LIBOR-Based Notes” means the LIBOR-Based Class A Notes and the LIBOR-Based Class B Notes. 
 “LIBOR Determination Date” means, for each Accrual Period, the second Business Day before the beginning of that Accrual Period.

 “LIBOR Notes” means the LIBOR-Based Class A Notes and the LIBOR-Based Class B Notes. 
 “Lien” means a security interest, lien, charge, pledge, equity or encumbrance of any kind, other than tax liens and any other liens, if
any, which attach to the respective Trust Student Loan by operation of law as a result of any act or omission by the related Obligor. 
 “Liquidated Student Loan” means any defaulted Trust Student Loan liquidated by the Servicer (which shall not include any Trust Student Loan on which Guarantee Payments are received) or which the Servicer has, after using
all reasonable efforts to realize upon such Trust Student Loan, determined to charge off. 
 “Liquidation Proceeds” means,
with respect to any Liquidated Student Loan which became a Liquidated Student Loan during the current Collection Period in accordance with the Servicer’s customary servicing procedures, the moneys collected in respect of the liquidation thereof
from whatever source, other than Recoveries, net of the sum of any amounts expended by the Servicer in connection with such liquidation and any amounts required by law to be remitted to the Obligor on such Liquidated Student Loan. 
 “Loan” has the meaning set forth in Section 2 of each of the Purchase Agreements, as applicable, and each Additional Purchase
Agreement. 
 “Luxembourg Listing Agent” means, initially, Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. 
 “Luxembourg Paying Agent” means, initially, Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. 
 “Minimum Purchase Amount” means an amount that would be sufficient to (i) reduce the Outstanding Amount of each class of Notes (or
in the case of the Class A-4B Notes, the U.S. Dollar Notional Principal Balance of the Class A-4B Notes) on such Distribution Date to zero, (ii) pay to the respective Noteholders the Class A Noteholders’ Interest
Distribution Amount and the Class B Noteholders’ Interest Distribution Amount payable on such Distribution Date, and (iii) pay any Principal Carry-over Amounts and interest on Carry-over Amounts to the Auction Rate Notes. 
  

 Appendix A-1-26 

 “Monthly Allocation Date” means the 25th day of each calendar month or, if such day is
not a Business Day, the immediately following Business Day, commencing in May 2007. 
 “Monthly Servicing Payment Date”
means each Monthly Allocation Date. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor Rating
Agency. 
 “Non-U.S. Note Certificate Custodian” means BT Globenet Nominees Limited. 
 “Note Depository Agreement” means, with respect to the Notes other than the Class A-4B Notes, the Letter of Representations, dated
as of April 5, 2007 among the Trust, the Eligible Lender Trustee and the Indenture Trustee in favor of DTC, and, with respect to the Class A-4B Notes, the Instruction Letter from Issuer to Common Depository, dated April 5, 2007,
between the Trust and Deutsche Bank AG London Branch. 
 “Note Final Maturity Date” for a class of Notes means the
Class A-1 Maturity Date, the Class A-2 Maturity Date, the Class A-3 Maturity Date, the Class A-4A Maturity Date, the Class A-4B Maturity Date, the Class A-5 Maturity Date, the Class B-1 Maturity Date, the Class B-2A Maturity Date
or the Class B-2B Maturity Date, as applicable. 
 “Note Interest Shortfall” means the Class A Note Interest Shortfall,
if any, and/or the Class B Note Interest Shortfall, if any, as applicable. 
 “Note Owner” means, with respect to a
Book-Entry Note, the Person who is the owner of such Book-Entry Note, as reflected on the books of the applicable Clearing Agency, or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with such Clearing Agency (directly as a Clearing Agency
Participant or as an indirect participant, in each case in accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency). 
 “Note Pool
Factor” means, as of the close of business on a Distribution Date, a seven-digit decimal figure equal to the Outstanding Amount of a class of Notes divided by the original Outstanding Amount of such class of Notes. The Note Pool Factor for
each class will be 1.0000000 as of the Closing Date; thereafter, the Note Pool Factor for each class will decline to reflect reductions in the Outstanding Amount of that class of Notes. 
 “Note Rates” means, with respect to any Accrual Period, the Class A-1 Rate, the Class A-2 Rate, the Class A-3 Rate, the
Class A-4A Rate, the Class A-4B Rate, the Class A-5 Rate, the Class B-1 Rate, the Class B-2A Rate and the Class B-2B Rate, for such Accrual Period, collectively. 
 “Note Register” and “Note Registrar” have the respective meanings specified in Section 2.4 of the Indenture.

 “Noteholder” means either a Class A Noteholder or a Class B Noteholder, as the context requires. 
  

 Appendix A-1-27 

 “Notes” means the collective reference to the Class A Notes and the Class B Notes.

 “Obligor” on a Trust Student Loan means the borrower or co-borrowers of such Trust Student Loan and any other Person who
owes payments in respect of such Trust Student Loan, including the Guarantor thereof and, with respect to any Interest Subsidy Payment or Special Allowance Payment, if any, thereon, the Department. 
 “Officers’ Certificate” means (i) in the case of the Trust, a certificate signed by any two Authorized Officers of the
Eligible Lender Trustee, under the circumstances described in, and otherwise complying with, the applicable requirements of Section 11.1 of the Indenture, and delivered to the Indenture Trustee, and (ii) in the case of the Depositor, the
Administrator or the Servicer, a certificate signed by any two Authorized Officers of the Depositor, the Administrator or the Servicer, as applicable. 
 “One-Month LIBOR” see Three-Month LIBOR. 
 “One-Year LIBOR” see
Three-Month LIBOR. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means (i) with respect to the Trust, one or more written opinions of counsel
who may, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Indenture, be employees of or counsel to the Eligible Lender Trustee, the Trust, the Depositor or an Affiliate of the Depositor and who shall be satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, and which
opinion or opinions shall be addressed to the Indenture Trustee as Indenture Trustee, shall comply with any applicable requirements of Section 11.1 of the Indenture and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, and
(ii) with respect to the Depositor, the Administrator or the Servicer, one or more written opinions of counsel who may be an employee of or counsel to the Depositor, the Administrator or the Servicer, which counsel shall be acceptable to the
Indenture Trustee and the Eligible Lender Trustee. 
 “Origination Fee” means any origination fee payable to the Department
by the lender with respect to any Trust Student Loan. 
 “Outstanding” means, as of any date of determination, all Notes
theretofore authenticated and delivered under the Indenture except: 
 (a) Notes theretofore cancelled by the Note Registrar or delivered to
the Note Registrar for cancellation; 
 (b) Notes or portions thereof, for which payment has been made to the applicable Noteholders in
reduction of the outstanding principal balance thereof or for which money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Indenture Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the Noteholders thereof (provided, however,
that if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to the Indenture); and 
 (c) Notes in exchange
for or in lieu of other Notes which have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the Indenture unless proof satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee is presented that any such Notes are held by a bona fide purchaser; provided that in
determining whether the Noteholders of the requisite Outstanding Amount of the Notes have given any 

  

 Appendix A-1-28 

 
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder or under any other Basic Document, Notes owned by the Trust, any other obligor
upon the Notes, the Depositor or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Indenture Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request,
demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Indenture Trustee either actually knows to be so owned or has received written notice thereof shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned that have
been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Indenture Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Trust, any other obligor
upon the Notes, the Depositor or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons. 
 “Outstanding Amount” means, as of any
date of determination, the aggregate principal balance of all the Notes or the applicable class or classes of Notes, as the case may be, Outstanding at such date of determination. 
 “Paying Agent” means, with respect to the Notes, the Indenture Trustee or any other Person that meets the eligibility standards for the
Indenture Trustee specified in Section 6.11 of the Indenture and is authorized by the Eligible Lender Trustee on behalf of the Trust to make the payments to and distributions from the Collection Account and the Future Distribution Account and
payments of principal of and interest and any other amounts owing on the Notes on behalf of the Trust. 
 “Person” means any
individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust (including any beneficiary thereof), unincorporated organization, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or government or any
agency or political subdivision thereof. 
 “Physical Property” has the meaning assigned to such terms in the definition of
“Delivery” above. 
 “Pool Balance” for any date means the aggregate principal balance of the Trust Student Loans
on that date (including accrued interest that is expected to be capitalized) as such balance has been reduced through such date by: 
  

	 	(a)	all payments received by the Trust through that date from borrowers, the Guarantors and the Department; 

  

	 	(b)	all amounts received by the Trust through that date from repurchases of the Trust Student Loans by SLM ECFC, VG Funding or the Depositor, as applicable, or purchases by the
Servicer; 

  

	 	(c)	all Liquidation Proceeds and Realized Losses on the Trust Student Loans liquidated through that date; 

  

	 	(d)	the amount of any adjustments to the outstanding principal balances of the Trust Student Loans that the Servicer makes under the Servicing Agreement through that date; and

  

 Appendix A-1-29 

	 	(e)	the amount by which Guarantor reimbursements of principal on defaulted Trust Student Loans through that date are reduced from 100% to 98%, from 99% to 97%, or from and to such other
applicable percentages as are required by the risk sharing provisions of the Higher Education Act. 

 “Posted
Collateral” has the meaning specified in the Currency Swap Agreement. 
 “Predecessor Note” means, with respect to
any particular Note, every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purpose of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.5 of the Indenture
and in lieu of a mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note. 
 “Pre-Funding Account” means an account designated as such, established and maintained pursuant to Section 2.10(j) of the Administration Agreement. 
 “Pre-Funding Account Balance” means as of any date of determination, the amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account (exclusive of
Investment Earnings). 
 “Pre-Funding Account Initial Deposit” means $2,210,736,437. 
 “Primary Servicing Fee” for any Monthly Allocation Date has the meaning specified in Attachment A to the Servicing Agreement, and shall
include any such fees from prior Monthly Allocation Dates that remain unpaid. 
 “Principal Distribution Amount” means
(i) with respect to the initial Quarterly Distribution Date, the amount by which the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the LIBOR-Based Notes, Auction Rate Notes and the U.S. Dollar Notional Principal Balance of the EURIBOR-Based
Notes exceeds the Adjusted Pool Balance for that Quarterly Distribution Date, and (ii) with respect to each subsequent Quarterly Distribution Date, the amount by which the Adjusted Pool Balance for the preceding Quarterly Distribution Date
exceeds the Adjusted Pool Balance for that Quarterly Distribution Date. 
 “Proceeding” means any suit in equity, action at
law or other judicial or administrative proceeding. 
 “Purchase Agreement” means either the SLM ECFC Purchase Agreement or
the VG Funding Purchase Agreement, each dated as of April 5, 2007. 
 “Purchase Amount” with respect to any Trust
Student Loan means the amount required to prepay in full such Trust Student Loan under the terms thereof including all accrued and unpaid interest thereon. 
 “Purchased Student Loan” means a Trust Student Loan which is, as of the close of business on the last day of a Collection Period, purchased by the Servicer pursuant to Section 3.5A or 3.5H of the
Servicing Agreement or repurchased by the Depositor pursuant to Section 6 of the Sale Agreement, purchased by the Servicer pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Administration Agreement, repurchased by SLM ECFC pursuant to Section 6 of the
SLM ECFC Purchase 

  

 Appendix A-1-30 

 
Agreement, repurchased by VG Funding pursuant to Section 6 of the VG Funding Purchase Agreement or sold to another eligible lender holding one or more
Serial Loans with respect to such Trust Student Loan pursuant to Section 3.11E of the Servicing Agreement. 
 “QIB”
means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Act. 
 “Quarterly Distribution Date”
means the 25th day of each of January, April, July and October, or, if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately following Business Day, commencing July 25, 2007. 
 “Rating Agency” means Moody’s, S&P and Fitch. If any such organization or successor thereto is no longer in existence,
“Rating Agency” with respect to such organization shall be a nationally recognized statistical rating organization or other comparable Person designated by the Administrator, notice of which designation shall be given to the Indenture
Trustee, the Eligible Lender Trustee and the Servicer. 
 “Rating Agency Condition” means, with respect to any intended
action, that each Rating Agency then rating a class of Notes shall have been given 10 days’ prior written notice thereof and that each such Rating Agency shall have notified the Administrator, the Servicer, the Eligible Lender Trustee and the
Indenture Trustee in writing that such proposed action will not result in and of itself in the reduction or withdrawal of its then current rating of any class of Notes. 
 “Realized Loss” means the excess of the principal balance, including any interest that had been or had been expected to be capitalized, of any Liquidated Student Loan over Liquidation Proceeds for
that Liquidated Student Loan to the extent allocable to principal, including any interest that had been or had been expected to be capitalized. 
 “Record Date” means (i) with respect to a Quarterly Distribution Date or Redemption Date for the Floating Rate Notes, the close of business on the day preceding such Quarterly Distribution Date or Redemption Date and
(ii) for the Auction Rate Notes, (a) for payments of interest at the applicable Note Rate and for payments of principal, two Business Days before the related Auction Rate Distribution Date or Quarterly Distribution Date, as applicable, and
(b) for payments of Carry-over Amounts and interest accrued thereon, the Record Date relating to the Auction Rate Distribution Date for which the Carry-over Amount accrued. 
 “Recoveries” means moneys collected from whatever source with respect to any Liquidated Student Loan which was written off in prior
Collection Periods or during the current Collection Period, net of the sum of any amounts expended by the Servicer for the account of any Obligor and any amounts required by law to be remitted to any Obligor. 
 “Redemption Date” means in the case of a payment to Noteholders pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Indenture, the Distribution Date
specified pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Indenture. 
 “Redemption Price” means an amount equal to the Outstanding
Amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon at the applicable Note Rates to but excluding the Redemption Date. 
  

 Appendix A-1-31 

 “Reference Banks” means four major banks in the London interbank market, as selected by
the Administrator. 
 “Registrar” means the Excess Distribution Certificate Registrar and/or the Note Registrar, as
applicable. 
 “Regulation AB” means Subpart 229.1100 – Asset Backed Securities (Regulation AB), 17 C.F.R.
§§229.1100-229.1123, as such may be amended from time to time, and subject to such clarification and interpretation as have been provided by the Commission in the adopting release (Asset-Backed Securities, Securities Act Release
No. 33-8518, 70 Fed. Reg. 1,506, 1,531 (Jan. 7, 2005)) or by the staff of the Commission, or as may be provided by the Commission or its staff from time to time. 
 “Replacement Transaction” has the meaning specified in the Currency Swap Agreement. 
 “Reserve Account” means the account designated as such, established and maintained pursuant to Section 2.3(g) of the Administration Agreement. 
 “Reserve Account Initial Deposit” means $12,500,000. 
 “Responsible Officer” means, with respect to the Indenture Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Indenture Trustee, including any Vice President, Assistant Vice President,
Assistant Treasurer, Assistant Secretary, or any other officer of the Indenture Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers, with direct responsibility for the administration of the
Indenture and the other Basic Documents on behalf of the Indenture Trustee and also, with respect to a particular matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the
particular subject. 
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc. or any successor Rating Agency. 
 “Sale Agreement” means the Sale Agreement Master Securitization Terms
Number 1000, dated as of April 5, 2007, among the Eligible Lender Trustee on behalf of the Trust, the Trust, the Interim Eligible Lender Trustee and the Depositor, and the sale agreement or agreements entered into thereunder. 
 “Sarbanes Certification” means the certification required by Rules 13a-14(d) and 15(d)-14(d) under the Exchange Act (pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002). 
 “Schedule of Trust Student Loans” means the listing of the Trust
Student Loans set forth in Schedule A to the Indenture and the Bill of Sale (which Schedule may be in the form of microfiche). 
 “Serial Loan” means an additional student loan other than a Consolidation Loan, which is made to a borrower who is also a borrower under at least one Trust Student Loan. 
 “Servicer” means Sallie Mae, Inc., in its capacity as servicer of the Trust Student Loans. 
  

 Appendix A-1-32 

 “Servicer Default” means an event specified in Section 5.1 of the Servicing
Agreement. 
 “Servicer’s Report” means any report of the Servicer delivered pursuant to Section 3.1(a) of the
Administration Agreement, substantially in the form acceptable to the Administrator. 
 “Servicing Agreement” means the
Servicing Agreement dated as of April 5, 2007, among the Trust, the Eligible Lender Trustee, the Servicer, the Administrator and the Indenture Trustee. 
 “Servicing Criteria” means the “servicing criteria” set forth in Item 1122(d) of Regulation AB, as such may be amended from time to time. 
 “Servicing Fee” has the meaning specified in Attachment A to the Servicing Agreement. 
 “Six-Month LIBOR” see Three-Month LIBOR. 
 “SLM ECFC” means SLM Education Credit Finance Corporation. 
 “SLM ECFC Purchase
Agreement” means the Purchase Agreement Master Securitization Terms Number 1000, dated as of April 5, 2007, among SLM ECFC, the Interim Eligible Lender Trustee and the Depositor, as well as each purchase agreement entered into
thereunder. 
 “SLS Loan” means a Trust Student Loan designated as such that is made under the Supplemental Loans for
Students Program in accordance with the Higher Education Act. 
 “Special Allowance Payments” means payments, designated as
such, consisting of effective interest subsidies by the Department in respect of the Trust Student Loans to the Eligible Lender Trustee on behalf of the Trust in accordance with the Higher Education Act. 
 “Specified Reserve Account Balance” means, for any Quarterly Distribution Date, the greater of: 
  

	 	(a)	0.25% of the sum of the Pool Balance and the amount, if any, on deposit in the Add-On Consolidation Loan Account and the Pre-Funding Account (excluding any amounts in such accounts
that will become Available Funds on the related Quarterly Distribution Date), each as of the end of the related Collection Period; and 

  

	 	(b)	$7,500,000; 

 provided that in no event will that balance
exceed the sum of the Outstanding Amount of the LIBOR-based Notes and the Auction Rate Notes, and the U.S. Dollar Notional Principal Balance of the EURIBOR-Based Class A Notes. 
 “Stafford Loan” means a Trust Student Loan designated as such that is made under the Stafford Loan Program in accordance with the Higher
Education Act. 
 “State” means any one of the 50 States of the United States of America or the District of Columbia.

  

 Appendix A-1-33 

 “Statistical Cutoff Date” means March 13, 2007. 
 “Stepdown Date” is the earlier to occur of (a) the July 2013 Distribution Date and (b) the first date on which the Outstanding
Amount of the LIBOR-Based Class A Notes and the U.S. Dollar Notional Principal Balance of the EURIBOR-Based Class A Notes has been reduced to zero. 
 “Student Loans” means education loans to students and parents of students under the Federal Family Education Loan Program. 
 “Subcontractor” means any vendor, subcontractor or other Person that is not responsible for the overall servicing (as
“servicing” is commonly understood by participants in the student loan-backed securities market) of Trust Student Loans but performs one or more of the discrete functions identified in Item 1122(d) of Regulation AB with respect to the
Trust Student Loans under the direction or authority of the Administrator, Servicer or Indenture Trustee (as applicable). 
 “Subsequent Cutoff Date” with respect to each Additional Trust Student Loan or Substituted Trust Student Loan has the meaning set forth in the related Additional Purchase Agreement and Additional Sale Agreement. 

“Subservicer” shall mean any Person that services the Trust Student Loans on behalf of the Administrator, Servicer or Indenture
Trustee (as applicable) and is responsible for the performance (whether directly or through other Subservicers or Subcontractors) of a substantial portion of the material servicing functions required to be performed by the Administrator, Servicer or
Indenture Trustee (as applicable) that are identified in Item 1122(d) of Regulation AB. 
 “Substitute Auction Agent”
shall mean the Person with whom the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee enter into a Substitute Auction Agent Agreement. 
 “Substitute
Auction Agent Agreement” shall mean an auction agent agreement containing terms substantially similar to the terms of the Initial Auction Agent Agreement, whereby a Person having the qualifications required by Section 2.02(e) of
Appendix A-2 to the Indenture agrees with the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer to perform the duties of the Auction Agent under Appendix A-2 of the Indenture. 
 “Substituted Trust Student Loan” means each Eligible Loan substituted by the Depositor pursuant to Section 6(B) of the Sale
Agreement and each related Additional Sale Agreement. 
 “Successor Administrator” has the meaning specified in
Section 3.7(e) of the Indenture. 
 “Successor Servicer” has the meaning specified in Section 3.7(e) of the
Indenture. 
 “Supplemental Purchase Account” means any account designated as such, established and maintained pursuant to
Section 2.3(k) of the Administration Agreement. 
  

 Appendix A-1-34 

 “Supplemental Purchase Account Initial Deposit” means $18,041,558.36, which is equal to
the excess, if any, of (x) the Pool Balance as of the Statistical Cutoff Date over (y) the Initial Cutoff Date Pool Balance; provided that such amount is not in excess of 5% of the Pool Balance as of the Statistical Cutoff Date.

 “Swap Confirmation” means each swap confirmation relating to the Currency Swap Agreement. 
 “Swap Counterparty” means each of the Eligible Swap Counterparties from time to time party to a Currency Swap Agreement including
Barclays Bank PLC as the initial Swap Counterparty, or any successor Swap Counterparty pursuant to a replacement transaction as set forth in the Currency Swap Agreement. 
 “Swap Interest Payments” means, with respect to each Distribution Date, the amount payable to the Swap Counterparty by the Trust as a floating rate payment due quarterly pursuant to the Currency Swap
Agreement. 
 “Swap Payments” means, with respect to each Distribution Date, the amount, if any, payable to the Swap
Counterparty by the Trust for such date, including amounts due and unpaid from prior Distribution Dates (other than Swap Termination Payments), as specified in the Currency Swap Agreement. 
 “Swap Receipts” means, with respect to each Distribution Date, the amount required to be received from the Swap Counterparty by the
Trust for such date (other than Swap Termination Payments), as specified in the Currency Swap Agreement. 
 “Swap Termination
Date” means the date on which the Currency Swap Agreement terminates in accordance with its terms. 
 “Swap Termination
Event” shall have the meaning set forth in the Currency Swap Agreement. 
 “Swap Termination Payments” shall have
the meaning assigned to the defined term “Termination Payment” in the Currency Swap Agreement. 
 “Supplemental Purchase
Period” means the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on April 20, 2007. 
 “Telerate Page 3750”
means the display page so designated on the Moneyline Telerate Service (or such other page as may replace that page on that service for the purpose of displaying comparable rates or prices). 
 “Three-Month EURIBOR” and “Four-Month EURIBOR” means, for any Accrual period, the Euro interbank offered rate for
deposits in Euros for the applicable Index Maturity, commencing on the first day of the accrual period, which appears on Telerate Page 248 as of 11:00 a.m. Brussels time, on the related EURIBOR determination date. If an applicable rate does not
appear on Telerate Page 248, the rate for that day will be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in Euros, having the applicable maturity and in a principal amount of not less 

  

 Appendix A-1-35 

 
than €1,000,000, are offered at approximately 11:00 a.m., Brussels time, on that EURIBOR determination date, to prime banks in the Euro-zone interbank
market by the Reference Banks. The administrator will request the principal Euro-zone office of each Reference Bank to provide a quotation of its rate. If the Reference Banks provide at least two quotations, the rate for that day will be the
arithmetic mean of the quotations. If the Reference Banks provide fewer than two quotations, the rate for that day will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted by major banks in the Euro-zone, selected by the administrator, at approximately 11:00
a.m. Brussels time, on that EURIBOR determination date, for loans in Euros to leading European banks having the applicable maturity and in a principal amount of not less than €1,000,000. If the banks selected as described above are not
providing quotations, EURIBOR in effect for the applicable Accrual Period will be EURIBOR for the Index Maturity in effect for the previous accrual period. All percentages resulting from such calculations shall be rounded, if necessary, to the
nearest 1/100,000 of 1%, or 0.0000001, with five one-millionths of a percentage point being rounded upward. 
 “Three-Month
LIBOR” and “One-Month LIBOR,” “Four-Month LIBOR,” “Six-Month LIBOR” and “One-Year LIBOR” means, with respect to any Accrual Period, the London interbank offered rate for
deposits in U.S. Dollars having the Index Maturity which appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. London time, on the related LIBOR Determination Date, in the case of the Auction Rate Notes as determined by the Auction Agent and with respect
to the Floating Rate Notes as determined by the Administrator. If this rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750, the rate for that day will be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in U.S. Dollars, having the Index Maturity and in
a principal amount of not less than U.S. $1,000,000, are offered at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on that LIBOR Determination Date, to prime banks in the London interbank market by the Reference Banks. The Administrator or the Auction
Agent, as applicable, will request the principal London office of each Reference Bank to provide a quotation of its rate. If the Reference Banks provide at least two quotations, the rate for that day will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If
the Reference Banks provide fewer than two quotations, the rate for that day will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted by major banks in New York City, selected by the Administrator or the Auction Agent, as applicable, at approximately 11:00
a.m., New York time, on that LIBOR Determination Date, for loans in U.S. Dollars to leading European banks having the Index Maturity and in a principal amount of not less than U.S. $1,000,000. If the banks selected as described above are not
providing quotations, LIBOR in effect for the applicable Accrual Period will be LIBOR for the Index Maturity in effect for the previous Accrual Period. All percentages resulting from such calculations shall be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest
1/100,000 of 1%, or 0.0000001, with five one-millionths of a percentage point being rounded upward. 
 “Transfer” means an
offer, sale, pledge, transfer or other disposition of a Note or any interest therein. 
 “Transfer Date” has the meaning
specified in Section 5.2(a) of the Administration Agreement. 
 “Treasury Regulations” means regulations, including
proposed or temporary regulations, promulgated under the Code. References in any document or instrument to specific provisions of proposed or temporary regulations shall include analogous provisions of final Treasury Regulations or other successor
Treasury Regulations. 
  

 Appendix A-1-36 

 “Trigger Event” means, on any Quarterly Distribution Date while any of the Class A
Notes are outstanding, that the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, after giving effect to distributions to be made on that Quarterly Distribution Date, would exceed the Adjusted Pool Balance as of the end of the related Collection Period. 

“Trust” means SLM Student Loan Trust 2007-4, a Delaware statutory trust established pursuant to the Trust Agreement. 
 “Trust Account Property” means the Trust Accounts, all cash and investments held from time to time in any Trust Account (whether in the
form of deposit accounts, Physical Property, book-entry securities, uncertificated securities or otherwise), including the Reserve Account Initial Deposit, the Capitalized Interest Account Initial Deposit, the Supplemental Purchase Account Initial
Deposit, the Add-On Consolidation Loan Account Initial Deposit, the Collection Account Initial Deposit, the Borrower Benefit Account Initial Deposit, the Pre-Funding Account Initial Deposit and all earnings on and proceeds of the foregoing.

 “Trust Accounts” has the meaning specified in Section 2.3(b) of the Administration Agreement. 
 “Trust Agreement” means the short-form trust agreement, dated as of March 7, 2007, among the Depositor, the Eligible Lender Trustee
and the Delaware Trustee, as amended and restated pursuant to an Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of April 5, 2007 among the Depositor, the Eligible Lender Trustee, the Delaware Trustee and the Indenture Trustee 
 “Trust Auction Date” has the meaning specified in Section 4.4 of the Indenture. 
 “Trust Estate” means all right, title and interest of the Trust (or the Eligible Lender Trustee on behalf of the Trust) in and to the
property and rights sold, transferred and assigned to the Trust pursuant to the Sale Agreement and any Additional Sale Agreement, all funds on deposit from time to time in the Trust Accounts and all other property of the Trust from time to time,
including any rights of the Eligible Lender Trustee and the Trust pursuant to the Trust Agreement, the Administration Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Currency Swap Agreement (including the security interest in any collateral delivered
thereunder) and any Eligible Repurchase Obligations. 
 “Trust Indenture Act” or “TIA” means the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939 as in force on the date hereof, unless otherwise specifically provided. 
 “Trust Student Loan” means
any student loan that is listed on the Schedule of Initial Trust Student Loans on the Closing Date, plus any Additional Trust Student Loan, plus any student loan that is permissibly substituted for a Trust Student Loan by the Depositor pursuant to
Section 6 of the Sale Agreement or pursuant to Section 6 of an Additional Sale Agreement or by the Servicer pursuant to Section 3.5 of the Servicing Agreement, but shall not include any Purchased Student Loan following receipt by or
on behalf of the Trust of the Purchase Amount 

  

 Appendix A-1-37 

 
with respect thereto or any Liquidated Student Loan following receipt by or on behalf of the Trust of Liquidation Proceeds with respect thereto or following
such Liquidated Student Loan having otherwise been written off by the Servicer. 
 “Trust Student Loan Files” means the
documents specified in Section 2.1 of the Servicing Agreement. 
 “Trust Swap Payments” see Swap Payments. 

“UCC” means, unless the context otherwise requires, the Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect in the relevant jurisdiction, as
amended from time to time. 
 “Underwriter” means each of Banc of America Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., J.P. Morgan
Securities Inc., Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, DEPFA BANK plc and Fortis Securities LLC. 
 “U.S. Dollar Notional Principal
Balance” means, with respect to the Class A-4B Notes as of any date of determination, the U.S. Dollar equivalent amount of the initial principal balance of the Class A-4B Notes (based on the exchange rate of
$1.335 = €1.00), less all payments for principal made to the Swap Counterparty under the Currency Swap Agreement with respect to such Notes on or before such date. 
 “Valuation Date” has the meaning specified in the related Currency Swap Agreements. 
 “Value of Posted Collateral” has the meaning specified in the related Currency Swap Agreements. 
 “VG Funding” means VG Funding, LLC. 
 “VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee” means Chase Bank USA, National Association, a national banking association, not in its individual capacity but solely as interim eligible lender trustee for the
benefit of VG Funding under the VG Funding Interim Trust Agreement. 
 “VG Funding Interim Trust Agreement” means the
Interim Trust Agreement dated as of April 5, 2007, between VG Funding and the VG Funding Eligible Lender Trustee. 
 “VG Funding
Purchase Agreement” means the Purchase Agreement Master Securitization Terms Number 1000, dated as of April 5, 2007, among VG Funding, the VG Funding Interim Eligible Lender Trustee, the Interim Eligible Lender Trustee and the
Depositor, as well as each purchase agreement entered into thereunder. 
  

 Appendix A-1-38 

 Appendix A-2 
 CERTAIN TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF 
 THE AUCTION RATE NOTES 
 Auction Rate Note Procedures 
 ARTICLE I 
 DEFINITIONS 
 Section 1.01 Definitions 
 Except as provided below, all terms which are defined in Appendix A-1
shall have the same meanings in this Appendix A-2. In addition, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings: 
 “All Hold Auction Rate” shall mean the Applicable LIBOR Rate less 0.20%; provided, that in no event shall the applicable All Hold Auction Rate be greater than the applicable Maximum Rate. 
 “Applicable LIBOR Rate” means, (a) for Auction Periods of 35 days or less, One-Month LIBOR, (b) for Auction Periods of more
than 35 days but less than 91 days, Three-Month LIBOR, (c) for Auction Periods of more than 90 days but less than 181 days, Six-Month LIBOR, and (d) for Auction Periods of more than 180 days, One-Year LIBOR. 
 “ARS Student Loan Rate” shall mean, respect to any Accrual Period, the rate of interest per annum (rounded to the next highest
one-hundredth of one percent) equal to the Effective Interest Rate minus the Expense Percentage. The Administrator shall, on behalf of the Issuer, calculate the ARS Student Loan Rate as of the last day of calendar month. 
 “Auction” has the meaning set forth in the Auction Agent Agreement. 
 “Auction Agent” shall mean the Initial Auction Agent under the Initial Auction Agent Agreement unless and until a Substitute Auction
Agent Agreement becomes effective, after which “Auction Agent” shall mean the Substitute Auction Agent. 
 “Auction Agent
Agreement” shall mean the Initial Auction Agent Agreement unless and until a Substitute Auction Agent Agreement is entered into, after which “Auction Agent Agreement” shall mean such Substitute Auction Agent Agreement. 

“Auction Agent Fee” has the meaning set forth in the Auction Agent Agreement. 
 “Auction Date” shall mean, initially, April 25, 2007, and thereafter, the Business Day immediately preceding the first day of each
Auction Period for each respective Class, other than: 
 (a) each Auction Period commencing after the ownership of the
applicable Auction Rate Notes is no longer maintained as Book-Entry Notes by the applicable Clearing Agency; 
  

 Appendix A-2-1 

 (b) each Auction Period commencing after and during the continuance of a Payment Default;
or 
 (c) each Auction Period commencing less than two Business Days after the cure or waiver of a Payment Default.

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Auction Date for one or more Auction Periods may be changed pursuant to Section 2.02(h) of this Appendix
A-2. 
 “Auction Note Interest Rate” shall mean the Variable Rate of interest per annum borne by an Auction Rate Note
for each Auction Period and determined in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.01 and 2.02 of this Appendix A-2; provided, however, that in the event of a Payment Default, the Auction Note Interest Rate shall equal the
applicable Non-Payment Rate; provided, further, however that such Auction Note Interest Rate shall in no event exceed the lesser of the ARS Student Loan Rate and the Maximum Rate. 
 “Auction Period” shall mean the period applicable to an Auction Rate Note from the Business Day following the previous Auction Date to
and including the day before the next Auction Rate Distribution Date, which Auction Period (after the Initial Period for such Class) initially shall consist generally of 28 days for the Class B-2B Notes, as the same may be adjusted pursuant to
Section 2.02(g) of this Appendix A-2. 
 “Auction Period Adjustment” shall mean an adjustment to the Auction
Period as provided in Section 2.02(g) of this Appendix A-2. 
 “Auction Procedures” shall mean the procedures
set forth in Section 2.02(a) of this Appendix A-2 by which the Auction Rate is determined. 
 “Auction Rate”
shall mean the rate of interest per annum that results from implementation of the Auction Procedures and is determined as described in Section 2.02(a)(iii)(B) of this Appendix A-2. 
 “Auction Rate Distribution Date” shall have the meaning given to such term in Appendix A-1 to the Indenture. 
 “Auction Rate Note” shall have the meaning given to such term in Appendix A-1 to the Indenture. 
 “Authorized Denominations” shall mean $50,000 and any integral multiple thereof. 
 “Available Auction Rate Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a)(iii)(A)(1) of this Appendix A-2. 
 “Bid” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a)(i)(A) of this Appendix A-2. 
  

 Appendix A-2-2 

 “Bid Auction Rate” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a)(iii)(A)(3) of this
Appendix A-2. 
 “Bidder” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a) of this Appendix A-2. 

“Bond Equivalent Yield” shall mean, in respect of any security the rate for which is quoted in The Wall Street Journal on a
bank discount basis, the “bond equivalent yield” (expressed as a percentage) for such security which appears on Telerate’s United States Treasury and Money Market Composite Page 0223, rounded up to the nearest one one-hundredth of one
percent. 
 “Broker-Dealer Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Auction Agent Agreement. 
 “Broker-Dealer Fee” has the meaning set forth in the Auction Agent Agreement. 
 “Cap Rate” shall mean, with respect to any Accrual Period applicable to the Auction Rate Notes, the lesser of (i) the applicable
Maximum Rate in effect for that Accrual Period and (ii) the ARS Student Loan Rate in effect for that Accrual Period. 
 “Carry-over Amount” shall mean, for any Accrual Period during which interest is calculated at the ARS Student Loan Rate, the excess, if any, of (a) the amount of interest on an Auction Rate Note that would have accrued
with respect to the related Accrual Period at the lesser of (i) the applicable Auction Rate and (ii) the Maximum Rate determined as if the ARS Student Loan Rate were not a component thereof over (b) the amount of interest on such
Auction Rate Note actually accrued with respect to such Auction Rate Note with respect to such Accrual Period based on the ARS Student Loan Rate, together with the unreduced portion of any such excess from prior Accrual Periods; provided that any
reference to “principal” or “interest” in the Supplemental Indenture and in this Appendix A-2 and the Auction Rate Notes shall not include within the meanings of such words any Carry-over Amount or any interest accrued on
any Carry-over Amount. 
 “Effective Interest Rate” shall mean, with respect to each calendar month during the term of the
Notes, the weighted average effective interest rate of all Trust Student Loans, where for each Trust Student Loan, the effective interest rate is equal to (i) the greater of (A) the interest rate payable by a borrower on each Trust Student
Loans and (B) the margin for Special Allowance Payments on such Trust Student Loan plus the applicable interest rate index for such Trust Student Loan, calculated as of the last day of such calendar month minus (ii) the sum of (A) the
weighted average consolidation rebate payable to the Department on all Trust Student Loans and (B) the weighted average of borrower incentives on all Trust Student Loans, each as of the last day of such calendar month. 
 “Eligible Carry-Over Make-Up Amount” shall mean, with respect to each Accrual Period relating to the Auction Rate Notes as to which, as
of the first day of such Accrual Period, there is any unpaid Carry-over Amount, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) interest computed on the principal balance of the Auction Rate Notes in respect to such Accrual Period at a per annum rate
equal to the excess, if any, of the ARS Student Loan Rate over the Auction Rate, together with the unreduced portion of any such excess from prior Accrual Periods and (b) the aggregate Carry-over Amount remaining unpaid as of the first day of
such Accrual Period together with interest accrued and unpaid thereon through the end of such Accrual Period. 
  

 Appendix A-2-3 

 “Existing Owner” shall mean (a) with respect to and for the purpose of dealing with
the Auction Agent in connection with an Auction, a Person who is a Broker-Dealer listed in the Existing Owner Registry at the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Auction Date for such Auction and (b) with respect to
and for the purpose of dealing with the Broker-Dealers in connection with an Auction, a Person who is a beneficial owner of Auction Rate Notes. 
 “Existing Owner Registry” as defined in the Auction Agent Agreement. 
 “Expense Percentage” shall
mean, with respect to each calendar month during the term of the Notes, the percentage equal to (i) the percentage basis points representing the Primary Servicing Fees, Auction Agent Fees and Broker-Dealer Fees payable during that month plus
(ii) (a) the Administration Fees payable during the Collection Period in which that month occurs times 4 divided by (b) the total principal balance of the Notes outstanding, as of the immediately preceding Distribution Date (minus any
funds on deposit in the Future Distribution Account allocated to principal on any Auction Rate Notes but not yet payable). 
 “Hold
Order” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a)(i)(A) of this Appendix A-2. 
 “Initial Auction
Agent” shall mean The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, and its successors and assigns. 
 “Initial Auction
Agent Agreement” shall mean the Auction Agent Agreement, dated as of April 5, 2007, among the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Initial Auction Agent, including any amendment thereof or supplement thereto. 
 “Initial Period” shall mean, as to Auction Rate Notes, the period commencing on the Closing Date and continuing through the day
immediately preceding the Initial Rate Adjustment Date for such Auction Rate Notes. 
 “Initial Rate” shall mean One-Month
LIBOR plus 0.00% for the Class B-2B Notes. 
 “Initial Rate Adjustment Date” shall mean the day immediately following the
Initial Auction Date for each class of Auction Rate Notes. 
 “Interest Rate Adjustment Date” shall mean the date on which
an Auction Note Interest Rate is effective, and shall mean, with respect to the Auction Rate Notes, the date of commencement of each Auction Period. 
 “Interest Rate Determination Date” shall mean, with respect to the Auction Rate Notes, the Auction Date, or if no Auction Date is applicable to such Class, the Business Day immediately preceding the
date of commencement of an Auction Period. 
 “Maximum Rate” means the least of (a) the Applicable LIBOR Rate, plus a
percentage ranging from 1.50% to 3.50%, depending on the then current ratings assigned by Moody’s S&P 

  

 Appendix A-2-4 

 
and Fitch to the Auction Rate Notes, (b) 18% and (c) the highest rate the Issuer may legally pay, from time to time, as interest on the Auction
Rate Notes. For purposes of the Auction Agent and the Auction Procedures, the ratings referred to in this definition shall be the last ratings of which the Auction Agent has been given written notice pursuant to the Auction Agent Agreement.

 “Non-Payment Rate” shall mean One-Month LIBOR plus 1.50%. 
 “Order” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a)(i)(A) of this Appendix A-2. 
 “Payment Default” shall mean, with respect to the Auction Rate Notes, (a) a default in the due and punctual payment of any
installment of interest at the applicable Note Rate on such Auction Rate Notes, or (b) a default in the due and punctual payment of any interest on and principal of such Auction Rate Notes at their maturity. 
 “Potential Owner” shall mean any Person (including an Existing Owner that is (a) a Broker-Dealer when dealing with the Auction
Agent and (b) a potential beneficial owner when dealing with a Broker-Dealer) who may be interested in acquiring Auction Rate Notes (or, in the case of an Existing Owner thereof, an additional principal amount of Auction Rate Notes).

 “PSA” shall mean the Public Securities Association, its successors and assigns. 
 “S&P” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., its successors and
assigns. 
 “Sell Order” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a) of this Appendix A-2. 
 “Submission Deadline” shall mean 1:00 p.m., eastern time, on any Auction Date or such other time on any Auction Date by which the
Broker-Dealers are required to submit Orders to the Auction Agent as specified by the Auction Agent from time to time. 
 “Submitted
Bid” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a)(iii)(A) of this Appendix A-2. 
 “Submitted Hold
Order” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a)(iii)(A) of this Appendix A-2. 
 “Submitted Order”
has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a)(iii)(A) of this Appendix A-2. 
 “Submitted Sell Order” has the
meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a)(iii)(A) of this Appendix A-2. 
 “Substitute Auction Agent” shall mean the
Person with whom the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee enter into a Substitute Auction Agent Agreement. 
 “Substitute Auction Agent
Agreement” shall mean an auction agent agreement containing terms substantially similar to the terms of the Initial Auction Agent Agreement, whereby a Person having the qualifications required by Section 2.02(e) of this Appendix
A-2 agrees with the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer to perform the duties of the Auction Agent under this Appendix A-2. 
  

 Appendix A-2-5 

 “Sufficient Bids” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a)(iii) of this
Appendix A-2. 
 “Variable Rate” shall mean the variable rate of interest per annum, including the Initial Rate,
borne by each class of Auction Rate Notes during the Initial Period for such class, and each Accrual Period thereafter as such rate of interest is determined in accordance with the provisions of Article II of this Appendix A-2.

 ARTICLE II 
 TERMS
AND ISSUANCE 
 Section 2.01 Auction Rate and Carry-Over Amounts. During the Initial Period, each Class of Auction Rate Notes
shall bear interest at the Initial Rate for such Class. Thereafter, and except with respect to an Auction Period Adjustment, the Auction Rate Notes shall bear interest at an Auction Note Interest Rate based on a 28-day Auction Period for the Auction
Rate Notes, as determined pursuant to this Section 2.01 and Section 2.02 of this Appendix A-2. 
 For the Auction Rate Notes
during the Initial Period and each Auction Period thereafter, interest at the applicable Auction Rate Notes Interest Rate shall accrue daily and shall be computed for the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a year consisting of 360 days.

 The Auction Note Interest Rate to be borne by the Auction Rate Notes after such Initial Period for each Auction Period until an Auction
Period Adjustment, if any, shall be determined as described below. Each such Auction Period after the Initial Period shall commence on and include the day following the expiration of the immediately preceding Auction Period and terminate on and
include the third Business Day of the following fourth week in the case of the Class B-2B Notes; provided, however, that in the case of the Auction Period that immediately follows the Initial Period for the Auction Rate Notes, such Auction Period
shall commence on the Initial Rate Adjustment Date. The Auction Note Interest Rate of the Auction Rate Notes for each Auction Period shall be the Auction Rate in effect for such Auction Period as determined in accordance with Section 2.02(a) of
this Appendix A-2; provided that if, on any Interest Rate Determination Date, an Auction is not held for any reason, then the Auction Note Interest Rate on such Auction Rate Notes for the next succeeding Auction Period shall be the applicable
Cap Rate. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing: 
 (a) if the ownership of an Auction Rate Note is no longer maintained as a Book-Entry Note, the Auction Note Interest Rate on the Auction Rate Notes for any Accrual Period commencing after the delivery of certificates
representing Auction Rate Notes pursuant to this Indenture shall equal the Cap Rate; or 
 (b) if a Payment Default shall have
occurred, the Auction Note Interest Rate on the Auction Rate Notes for the Accrual Period commencing on or immediately after such Payment Default, and for each Accrual Period thereafter, to and including the 

  

 Appendix A-2-6 

 
Accrual Period, if any, during which, or commencing less than two Business Days after, such Payment Default is cured, shall equal the applicable Non-Payment
Rate on the first day of each such Accrual Period. 
 In accordance with Section 2.02(a)(iii)(B) and (C) of this Appendix
A-2, the Auction Agent shall promptly give written notice to the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer of each Auction Note Interest Rate (unless the Auction Note Interest Rate is the applicable Non-Payment Rate) and the Maximum Rate when such rate
is not the Auction Note Interest Rate, applicable to the Auction Rate Notes. The Indenture Trustee shall, upon request, notify the Noteholders and the Issuer of Auction Rate Notes of the applicable Auction Note Interest Rate applicable to such
Auction Rate Notes for each Auction Period not later than the third Business Day of such Auction Period. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Auction Rate Notes or this Indenture and except for the occurrence of a Payment Default, interest
payable on the Auction Rate Notes for an Auction Period shall never exceed for such Auction Period the amount of interest payable at the applicable Maximum Rate in effect for such Auction Period. 
 If the Auction Rate for the Auction Rate Notes is greater than the ARS Student Loan Rate, then the Variable Rate applicable to such Auction Rate Notes
for that Accrual Period will be the ARS Student Loan Rate and the Issuer shall determine the Carry-over Amount, if any, with respect to such Auction Rate Notes for such Accrual Period. 
 Such Carry-over Amount shall bear interest calculated at a rate equal to One-Month LIBOR (as determined by the Issuer, provided the Indenture Trustee has
received notice of One-Month LIBOR from the Issuer, and if the Indenture Trustee shall not have received such notice from the Issuer, then as determined by the Indenture Trustee) from the Distribution Date for the Accrual Period with respect to
which such Carry-over Amount was calculated, until paid. Any payment in respect of Carry-over Amount shall be applied, first, to any accrued interest payable thereon and, second, in reduction of such Carry-over Amount. For purposes of this Indenture
and this Appendix A-2, any reference to “principal” or “interest” herein shall not include within the meaning of such words Carry-over Amount or any interest accrued on any such Carry-over Amount. Such Carry-over Amount
shall be separately calculated for each Auction Rate Note by the Issuer during such Accrual Period in sufficient time for the Indenture Trustee to give notice to each Noteholder of such Carry-over Amount as required in the next succeeding sentence.
Not less than four days before the Distribution Date for an Accrual Period with respect to which such Carry-over Amount has been calculated by the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee shall give written notice to each Noteholder the Auction Agent and the
Issuer, in the form provided by the Issuer, of the Carry-over Amount applicable to each Auction Rate Note, which written notice may accompany the payment of interest made to the Noteholder on such Distribution Date. Such notice shall state, in
addition to such Carry-over Amount, that, unless and until an Auction Rate Note has been redeemed (other than by optional redemption), after which all accrued Carry-over Amounts (and all accrued interest thereon) that remains unpaid shall be
canceled and no Carry-over Amount (and interest accrued thereon) shall be paid with respect to such Auction Rate Note, (a) the Carry-over Amount (and interest accrued thereon calculated at a rate equal to One-Month LIBOR) shall be paid by the
Indenture Trustee pursuant to an Issuer Order on an Auction Rate Note on the earliest of (i) the date of defeasance of the Auction Rate Notes or (ii) the first occurring Distribution Date with respect to the Auction Rate Note (or on the
date of any such optional redemption) if and to the extent that (A) the Eligible Carry-over Make-Up Amount with 

  

 Appendix A-2-7 

 
respect to such subsequent Accrual Period is greater than zero, and (B) moneys are available pursuant to the terms of the Indenture in an amount
sufficient to pay all or a portion of such Carry-over Amount (and interest accrued thereon), and (b) interest shall accrue on the Carry-over Amount at a rate equal to One-Month LIBOR until such Carry-over Amount is paid in full or is cancelled.

 The Carry-over Amount (and interest accrued thereon until the date of payment) for Auction Rate Notes shall be allocated to the Auction
Rate Notes by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to an Issuer Order on Outstanding Auction Rate Notes on the first occurring Quarterly Distribution Date if and to the extent that (i) the Eligible Carry-over Make-Up Amount is greater than zero, and
(ii) on such Quarterly Distribution Date there are sufficient moneys available after all distributions or allocations with a higher priority have been made and paid to the Auction Rate Notes on the succeeding Distribution Date (or on such
Quarterly Distribution Date if it is a Distribution Date for such Auction Rate Notes). Any Carry-over Amount (and any interest accrued thereon) on any Auction Rate Note which is due and payable on a Quarterly Distribution Date, which Auction Rate
Note is to be allocated principal (other than by optional redemption) on said Distribution Date, shall be paid to the Noteholder thereof on the related Distribution Date to the extent that moneys are available therefor in accordance with the
provisions of this Appendix A-2; provided, however, that any Carry-over Amount (and any interest accrued thereon) which is not yet due and payable on said Distribution Date shall be cancelled with respect to said Auction Rate
Note that is to be allocated principal (other than by optional redemption) on said Quarterly Distribution Date and shall not be paid on any succeeding Distribution Date. To the extent that any portion of the Carry-over Amount (and any interest
accrued thereon) remains unpaid after payment of a portion thereof, such unpaid portion shall be paid in whole or in part as required hereunder until fully allocated by the Indenture Trustee on the next occurring Quarterly Distribution Date or
Dates, as necessary, if and to the extent that the conditions in the second preceding sentence are satisfied. On any Distribution Date on which the Indenture Trustee pays only a portion of the Carry-over Amount (and any interest accrued thereon) on
Auction Rate Notes, the Indenture Trustee shall give written notice in the manner set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph to the Noteholder of such Auction Rate Note receiving such partial payment of the Carry-over Amount remaining unpaid
on such Auction Rate Note. 
 The Quarterly Distribution Date or other date on which such Carry-over Amount (or any interest accrued thereon)
for Auction Rate Notes shall be allocated shall be determined by the Indenture Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the immediately preceding paragraph. Any payment of Carry-over Amounts (and interest accrued thereon) shall reduce the amount
of Eligible Carry-over Make-up Amount. 
 In the event that the Auction Agent no longer determines, or fails to determine, when required, the
Auction Note Interest Rate with respect to Auction Rate Notes, or, if for any reason such manner of determination shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable, the Auction Note Interest Rate for the next succeeding Auction Period, for Auction Rate
Notes shall be the applicable Cap Rate as determined by the Auction Agent for such next succeeding Auction Period, and if the Auction Agent shall fail or refuse to determine the Cap Rate, the Cap Rate shall be determined by the securities dealer
appointed by the Issuer capable of making such a determination in accordance with the provisions of this Appendix A-2 and written notice of such determination shall be given by such securities dealer to the Indenture Trustee. 
  

 Appendix A-2-8 

 Section 2.02 Auction Rate. 
 (a) Determining the Auction Rate. By purchasing Auction Rate Notes, whether in an Auction or otherwise, each purchaser of the Auction Rate Notes,
or its Broker-Dealer, must agree and shall be deemed by such purchase to have agreed (x) to participate in Auctions on the terms described herein, (y) to have its beneficial ownership of the Auction Rate Notes maintained at all times as
Book-Entry Notes for the account of its Clearing Agency Participant, which in turn will maintain records of such beneficial ownership and (z) to authorize such Clearing Agency Participant to disclose to the Auction Agent such information with
respect to such beneficial ownership as the Auction Agent may request. 
 So long as the ownership of Auction Rate Notes is maintained as
Book-Entry Notes by the Clearing Agency, an Existing Owner may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of Auction Rate Notes only pursuant to a Bid or Sell Order placed in an Auction or otherwise sell, transfer or dispose of Auction Rate Notes through a
Broker-Dealer, provided that, in the case of all transfers other than pursuant to Auctions, such Existing Owner, its Broker-Dealer or its Clearing Agency Participant advises the Auction Agent of such transfer. Auctions shall be conducted on each
Auction Date, if there is an Auction Agent on such Auction Date, in the following manner: 
 (i) (A) Prior to the Submission
Deadline on each Auction Date; 
 (1) each Existing Owner of Auction Rate Notes may submit to a Broker-Dealer by telephone or
otherwise any information as to: 
 a. the principal amount of Outstanding Auction Rate Notes, if any, owned by such Existing
Owner which such Existing Owner desires to continue to own without regard to the Auction Note Interest Rate for the next succeeding Auction Period; 
 b. the principal amount of Outstanding Auction Rate Notes, if any, which such Existing Owner offers to sell if the Auction Note Interest Rate for the next succeeding Auction Period shall be less than the rate per
annum specified by such Existing Owner; and/or 
 c. the principal amount of Outstanding Auction Rate Notes, if any, owned by
such Existing Owner which such Existing Owner offers to sell without regard to the Auction Note Interest Rate for the next succeeding Auction Period; 
 and 
 (2) one or more Broker-Dealers may contact Potential Owners to determine the principal
amount of Auction Rate Notes which each Potential Owner offers to purchase, if the Auction Note Interest Rate for the next succeeding Auction Period shall not be less than the rate per annum specified by such Potential Owner. 
  

 Appendix A-2-9 

 The statement of an Existing Owner or a Potential Owner referred to in (1) or (2) of this
paragraph (A) is herein referred to as an “Order,” and each Existing Owner and each Potential Owner placing an Order is herein referred to as a “Bidder”; an Order described in clause (1)a. is herein referred to as a
“Hold Order”; an Order described in clauses (1)b. and (2) is herein referred to as a “Bid”; and an Order described in clause (1)c. is herein referred to as a “Sell Order.” 
 (B)(1) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.02(a)(ii) of this Appendix A-2, a Bid by an Existing Owner shall constitute an
irrevocable offer to sell: 
 a. the principal amount of Outstanding Auction Rate Notes specified in such Bid if the Auction
Note Interest Rate determined as provided in this Section 2.02(a) shall be less than the rate specified therein; or 
 b. such principal amount, or a lesser principal amount of Outstanding Auction Rate Notes to be determined as set forth in Section 2.02(a)(iv)(A)(4) of this Appendix A-2, if the Auction Note Interest Rate determined as provided in this
Section 2.02(a) shall be equal to the rate specified therein; or 
 c. such principal amount, or a lesser principal
amount of Outstanding Auction Rate Notes to be determined as set forth in Section 2.02(a)(iv)(B)(3) of this Appendix A-2, if the rate specified therein shall be higher than the applicable Maximum Rate and Sufficient Bids have not been
made. 
 (2) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.02(a)(ii) of this Appendix A-2, a Sell Order by an Existing
Owner shall constitute an irrevocable offer to sell: 
 a. the principal amount of Outstanding Auction Rate Notes specified
in such Sell Order; or 
 b. such principal amount, or a lesser principal amount of Outstanding Auction Rate Notes set forth
in Section 2.02(a)(iv)(B)(3) of this Appendix A-2, if Sufficient Bids have not been made. 
 (3) Subject to the
provisions of Section 2.02(a)(ii) of this Appendix A-2, a Bid by a Potential Owner shall constitute an irrevocable offer to purchase: 
 a. the principal amount of Outstanding Auction Rate Notes specified in such Bid if the Auction Note Interest Rate determined as provided in this Section 2.02(a) shall be higher than the rate specified in such
Bid; or 
  

 Appendix A-2-10 

 b. such principal amount, or a lesser principal amount of Outstanding Auction Rate Notes
set forth in Section 2.02(a)(iv)(A)(5) of this Appendix A-2, if the Auction Note Interest Rate determined as provided in this Section 2.02(a) shall be equal to the rate specified in such Bid. 
 (ii) (A) Each Broker-Dealer shall submit in writing to the Auction Agent prior to the Submission Deadline on each Auction Date all Orders
obtained by such Broker-Dealer and shall specify with respect to each such Order: 
 (1) the name of the Bidder placing such
Order; 
 (2) the aggregate principal amount of Auction Rate Notes that are the subject of such Order; 
 (3) to the extent that such Bidder is an Existing Owner: 
 a. the principal amount of Auction Rate Notes, if any, subject to any Hold Order placed by such Existing Owner; 
 b. the principal amount of Auction Rate Notes, if any, subject to any Bid placed by such Existing Owner and the rate specified in such
Bid; and 
 c. the principal amount of Auction Rate Notes, if any, subject to any Sell Order placed by such Existing Owner;

 and 
 (4) to the extent such Bidder is a Potential Owner, the rate specified in such Potential Owner’s Bid. 
 (B) If
any rate specified in any Bid contains more than three figures to the right of the decimal point, the Auction Agent shall round such rate up to the next higher one thousandth of 1%. 
 (C) If an Order or Orders covering all Outstanding Auction Rate Notes owned by an Existing Owner is not submitted to the Auction Agent
prior to the Submission Deadline, the Auction Agent shall deem a Hold Order to have been submitted on behalf of such Existing Owner covering the principal amount of Outstanding Auction Rate Notes owned by such Existing Owner and not subject to an
Order submitted to the Auction Agent. 
 (D) Neither the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee nor the Auction Agent shall be
responsible for any failure of a Broker-Dealer to submit an Order to the Auction Agent on behalf of any Existing Owner or Potential Owner. 
  

 Appendix A-2-11 

 (E) If any Existing Owner submits through a Broker-Dealer to the Auction Agent one or
more Orders covering in the aggregate more than the principal amount of Outstanding Auction Rate Notes owned by such Existing Owner, such Orders shall be considered valid as follows and in the following order of priority: 
 (1) All Hold Orders shall be considered valid, but only up to the aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Auction Rate Notes owned by
such Existing Owner, and if the aggregate principal amount of Auction Rate Notes subject to such Hold Orders exceeds the aggregate principal amount of Auction Rate Notes owned by such Existing Owner, the aggregate principal amount of Auction Rate
Notes subject to each such Hold Order shall be reduced pro rata so that the aggregate principal amount of Auction Rate Notes subject to such Hold Order equals the aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Auction Rate Notes owned by such Existing
Owner. 
 (2) a. Any Bid shall be considered valid up to an amount equal to the excess of the principal amount of Outstanding
Auction Rate Notes owned by such Existing Owner over the aggregate principal amount of Auction Rate Notes subject to any Hold Order referred to in clause (A) of this paragraph (ii); 
 b. subject to subclause (1) of this clause (E), if more than one Bid with the same rate is submitted on behalf of such Existing
Owner and the aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Auction Rate Notes subject to such Bids is greater than such excess, such Bids shall be considered valid up to an amount equal to such excess; 
 c. subject to subclauses (1) and (2) of this clause (E), if more than one Bid with different rates are submitted on behalf of
such Existing Owner, such Bids shall be considered valid first in the ascending order of their respective rates until the highest rate is reached at which such excess exists and then at such rate up to the amount of such excess; and 
 d. in any such event, the amount of Outstanding Auction Rate Notes, if any, subject to Bids not valid under this clause (E) shall be
treated as the subject of a Bid by a Potential Owner at the rate therein specified; and 
 (3) All Sell Orders shall be
considered valid up to an amount equal to the excess of the principal amount of Outstanding Auction Rate Notes owned by such Existing Owner over the aggregate principal amount of Auction Rate Notes subject to Hold Orders referred to in clause
(1) of this paragraph (v) and valid Bids referred to in clause (2) of this paragraph (E). 
 (F) If more than
one Bid for Auction Rate Notes is submitted on behalf of any Potential Owner, each Bid submitted shall be a separate Bid with the rate and principal amount therein specified. 
  

 Appendix A-2-12 

 (G) An Existing Owner that offers to purchase additional Auction Rate Notes is, for
purposes of such offer, treated as a Potential Owner. 
 (H) Any Bid or Sell Order submitted by an Existing Owner covering an
aggregate principal amount of Auction Rate Notes not equal to an Authorized Denomination shall be rejected and shall be deemed a Hold Order. Any Bid submitted by a Potential Owner covering an aggregate principal amount of Auction Rate Notes not
equal to an Authorized Denomination shall be rejected. 
 (I) Any Bid specifying a rate higher than the applicable Maximum
Rate will (1) be treated as a Sell Order if submitted by an Existing Owner and (2) not be accepted if submitted by a Potential Owner. 
 (J) Any Order submitted in an Auction by a Broker-Dealer to the Auction Agent prior to the Submission Deadline on any Auction Date shall be irrevocable. 
 (iii) (A) Not earlier than the Submission Deadline on each Auction Date, the Auction Agent shall assemble all valid Orders submitted or deemed submitted
to it by the Broker-Dealers (each such Order as submitted or deemed submitted by a Broker-Dealer being herein referred to individually as a “Submitted Hold Order,” a “Submitted Bid” or a “Submitted Sell
Order,” as the case may be, or as a “Submitted Order,” and collectively as “Submitted Hold Orders,” “Submitted Bids” or “Submitted Sell Orders,” as the case may be, or as
“Submitted Orders”) and shall determine: 
 (1) the excess of the total principal amount of Outstanding
Auction Rate Notes over the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Auction Rate Notes subject to Submitted Hold Orders (such excess being herein referred to as the “Available Auction Rate Notes”), and 
 (2) from the Submitted Orders whether: 
 a. the aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Auction Rate Notes subject to Submitted Bids by Potential Owners specifying one or more rates equal to or lower than the applicable Maximum Rate; 
 exceeds or is equal to the sum of: 
 b. the aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Auction Rate Notes subject to Submitted Bids by Existing Owners specifying one or more rates higher than the applicable Maximum Rate; and 
 c. the aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Auction Rate Notes subject to Submitted Sell Orders; 
 (in the event such excess or such equality exists, other than because all of the Outstanding Auction Rate Notes are subject to Submitted Hold Orders, such
Submitted Bids described in subclause a. above shall be referred to collectively as “Sufficient Bids”); and 
  

 Appendix A-2-13 

 (3) if Sufficient Bids exist, the Bid Auction Rate, which shall be the lowest rate
specified in such Submitted Bids such that if: 
 a. (x) each Submitted Bid from Existing Owners specifying such lowest rate
and (y) all other Submitted Bids from Existing Owners specifying lower rates were rejected, thus entitling such Existing Owners to continue to own the principal amount of Auction Rate Notes subject to such Submitted Bids; and 
 b. (x) each such Submitted Bid from Potential Owners specifying such lowest rate and (y) all other Submitted Bids from Potential
Owners specifying lower rates were accepted; 
 the result would be that such Existing Owners described in subclause a. above would continue
to own an aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Auction Rate Notes which, when added to the aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Auction Rate Notes to be purchased by such Potential Owners described in subclause b. above, would equal
not less than the Available Auction Rate Notes. 
 (B) Promptly after the Auction Agent has made the determinations pursuant
to Section 2.02(a)(iii)(A) of this Appendix A-2, the Auction Agent shall advise, based upon the information provided and determination made by the Administrator, the Indenture Trustee and the Broker-Dealers of the ARS Student Loan Rate,
Maximum Rate and the All Hold Auction Rate and the components thereof on the Auction Date. Based on such determinations, the Auction Rate for the next succeeding Accrual Period will be established as follows: 
 (1) if Sufficient Bids exist, that the Auction Rate for the next succeeding Auction Period shall be equal to the Bid Auction Rate so
determined; 
 (2) if Sufficient Bids do not exist (other than because all of the Outstanding Auction Rate Notes are subject
to Submitted Hold Orders), that the Auction Rate for the next succeeding Auction Period shall be equal to the applicable Maximum Rate; or 
 (3) if all Outstanding Auction Rate Notes are subject to Submitted Hold Orders, that the Auction Rate for the next succeeding Auction Period shall be equal to the applicable All Hold Auction Rate. 
 (C) Promptly after the Auction Agent has determined the Auction Rate, the Auction Agent shall determine and advise the Indenture Trustee
of the Auction Note Interest Rate, which rate shall be the least of (x) the Auction Rate, (y) the applicable Maximum Rate and (z) the ARS Student Loan Rate. 
 (iv) Existing Owners shall continue to own the principal amount of Auction Rate Notes that are subject to Submitted Hold Orders. If the ARS Student Loan
Rate is equal to or greater than the Bid Auction Rate and if Sufficient Bids have been received by the Auction Agent, the Bid Auction Rate will be the Auction Note Interest Rate, and Submitted Bids and Submitted Sell Orders will be accepted or
rejected and the Auction Agent will take such other action as described below in subparagraph (A). 
  

 Appendix A-2-14 

 If the Maximum Rate is less than the Auction Rate, the Maximum Rate will be the Auction Note Interest
Rate. If the Auction Agent has not received Sufficient Bids (other than because all of the Outstanding Auction Rate Notes are subject to Submitted Hold Orders), the Auction Note Interest Rate will be the applicable Maximum Rate. In any of the cases
described above, Submitted Orders will be accepted or rejected and the Auction Agent will take such other action as described below in subparagraph (B). 
 (A) If Sufficient Bids have been made and the Maximum Rate is equal to or greater than the Bid Auction Rate (in which case the Auction Note Interest Rate shall be the Bid Auction Rate), all Submitted Sell Orders shall
be accepted and, subject to the provisions of clauses (4) and (5) of this Section 2.02(a)(iv), Submitted Bids shall be accepted or rejected as follows in the following order of priority, and all other Submitted Bids shall be rejected:

 (1) Existing Owners’ Submitted Bids specifying any rate that is higher than the Auction Note Interest Rate shall be
accepted, thus requiring each such Existing Owner to sell the aggregate principal amount of Auction Rate Notes subject to such Submitted Bids; 
 (2) Existing Owners’ Submitted Bids specifying any rate that is lower than the Auction Note Interest Rate shall be rejected, thus entitling each such Existing Owner to continue to own the aggregate principal
amount of Auction Rate Notes subject to such Submitted Bids; 
 (3) Potential Owners’ Submitted Bids specifying any rate
that is lower than the Auction Note Interest Rate shall be accepted; 
 (4) Each Existing Owners’ Submitted Bid
specifying a rate that is equal to the Auction Note Interest Rate shall be rejected, thus entitling such Existing Owner to continue to own the aggregate principal amount of Auction Rate Notes subject to such Submitted Bid, unless the aggregate
principal amount of Outstanding Auction Rate Notes subject to all such Submitted Bids shall be greater than the principal amount of Auction Rate Notes (the “remaining principal amount”) equal to the excess of the Available Auction
Rate Notes over the aggregate principal amount of Auction Rate Notes subject to Submitted Bids described in clauses (2) and (3) of this Section 2.02(a)(iv)(A), in which event such Submitted Bid of such Existing Owner shall be rejected
in part, and such Existing Owner shall be entitled to continue to own the principal amount of Auction Rate Notes subject to such Submitted Bid, but only in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Auction Rate Notes obtained by
multiplying the remaining principal amount by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the principal amount of Outstanding Auction Rate Notes owned by such Existing Owner subject to such Submitted Bid and the denominator of which shall be the sum
of the principal amount of Outstanding Auction Rate Notes subject to such 

  

 Appendix A-2-15 

 
Submitted Bids made by all such Existing Owners that specified a rate equal to the Auction Note Interest Rate, subject to the provisions of
Section 2.02(a)(iv)(D) of this Appendix A-2; and 
 (5) Each Potential Owner’s Submitted Bid specifying a
rate that is equal to the Auction Note Interest Rate shall be accepted, but only in an amount equal to the principal amount of Auction Rate Notes obtained by multiplying the excess of the aggregate principal amount of Available Auction Rate Notes
over the aggregate principal amount of Auction Rate Notes subject to Submitted Bids described in clauses (2), (3) and (4) of this Section 2.02(a)(iv)(A) by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the aggregate principal amount of
Outstanding Auction Rate Notes subject to such Submitted Bid and the denominator of which shall be the sum of the principal amount of Outstanding Auction Rate Notes subject to Submitted Bids made by all such Potential Owners that specified a rate
equal to the Auction Note Interest Rate, subject to the provisions of Section 2.02(a)(iv)(D) of this Appendix A-2. 
 (B) If Sufficient Bids have not been made (other than because all of the Outstanding Auction Rate Notes are subject to submitted Hold Orders), or if the Maximum Rate is less than the Bid Auction Rate (in which case the Auction Note Interest
Rate shall be the Maximum Rate), subject to the provisions of Section 2.02(a)(iv)(D) of this Appendix A-2, Submitted Orders shall be accepted or rejected as follows in the following order of priority and all other Submitted Bids shall be
rejected: 
 (1) Existing Owners’ Submitted Bids specifying any rate that is equal to or lower than the Auction Note
Interest Rate shall be rejected, thus entitling such Existing Owners to continue to own the aggregate principal amount of Auction Rate Notes subject to such Submitted Bids; 
 (2) Potential Owners’ Submitted Bids specifying (x) any rate that is equal to or lower than the Auction Note Interest Rate shall
be accepted and (y) any rate that is higher than the Auction Note Interest Rate shall be rejected; and 
 (3) each
Existing Owner’s Submitted Bid specifying any rate that is higher than the Auction Note Interest Rate and the Submitted Sell Order of each Existing Owner shall be accepted, thus entitling each Existing Owner that submitted any such Submitted
Bid or Submitted Sell Order to sell the Auction Rate Notes subject to such Submitted Bid or Submitted Sell Order, but in both cases only in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Auction Rate Notes obtained by multiplying the aggregate
principal amount of Auction Rate Notes subject to Submitted Bids described in clause (2)(x) of this Section 2.02(a)(iv)(B) by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Auction Rate Notes owned
by such Existing Owner subject to such submitted Bid or Submitted Sell Order and the denominator of which shall be the aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Auction Rate Notes subject to all such Submitted Bids and Submitted Sell Orders.

  

 Appendix A-2-16 

 (C) If all Auction Rate Notes are subject to Submitted Hold Orders, all Submitted Bids
shall be rejected. 
 (D) If, as a result of the procedures described in paragraph (A) or (B) of this
Section 2.02(a)(iv), any Existing Owner would be entitled or required to sell, or any Potential Owner would be entitled or required to purchase, a principal amount of Auction Rate Notes that is not equal to an Authorized Denomination, the
Auction Agent shall, in such manner as in its sole discretion it shall determine, round up or down the principal amount of Auction Rate Notes to be purchased or sold by any Existing Owner or Potential Owner so that the principal amount of Auction
Rate Notes purchased or sold by each Existing Owner or Potential Owner shall be equal to an Authorized Denomination. 
 (E)
If, as a result of the procedures described in paragraph (B) of this Section 2.02(a)(iv), any Potential Owner would be entitled or required to purchase less than an Authorized Denomination of Auction Rate Notes, the Auction Agent shall, in
such manner as in its sole discretion it shall determine, allocate Auction Rate Notes for purchase among Potential Owners so that only Auction Rate Notes in Authorized Denominations are purchased by any Potential Owner, even if such allocation
results in one or more of such Potential Owners not purchasing any Auction Rate Notes. 
 (v) Based on the result of each Auction, the
Auction Agent shall determine the aggregate principal amount of Auction Rate Notes to be purchased and the aggregate principal amount of Auction Rate Notes to be sold by Potential Owners and Existing Owners on whose behalf each Broker-Dealer
submitted Bids or Sell Orders and, with respect to each Broker-Dealer, to the extent that such aggregate principal amount of Auction Rate Notes to be sold differs from such aggregate principal amount of Auction Rate Notes to be purchased, determine
to which other Broker-Dealer or Broker-Dealers acting for one or more purchasers such Broker-Dealer shall deliver, or from which other Broker-Dealer or Broker-Dealers acting for one or more sellers such Broker-Dealer shall receive, as the case may
be, Auction Rate Notes. 
 (vi) Any calculation by the Auction Agent or the Indenture Trustee, as applicable, of the Auction Note Interest
Rate, the Maximum Rate, the All Hold Auction Rate, the ARS Student Loan Rate and the Non-Payment Rate shall, in the absence of manifest error, be binding on all other parties. 
 (vii) Notwithstanding anything in this Appendix A-2 to the contrary, (A) no Auction for the Auction Rate Notes for an Auction Period of less
than 180 days will be held on any Auction Date hereunder on which there are insufficient moneys in the Collection Account to pay, or otherwise held by the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture and available to pay, the principal of and interest due
on the Auction Rate Notes on the Distribution Date immediately following such Auction Date, and (B) no Auction will be held on any Auction Date hereunder during the continuance of a Payment Default. The Indenture Trustee shall promptly notify
the Auction Agent of any such occurrence. 
  

 Appendix A-2-17 

 (b) Application of Interest Payments for the Auction Rate Notes. 
 (i) The Indenture Trustee shall determine not later than 2:00 p.m., eastern time, on the Business Day next succeeding a Distribution Date, whether a
Payment Default has occurred. If a Payment Default has occurred, the Indenture Trustee shall, not later than 2:15 p.m., eastern time, on such Business Day, send a notice thereof in substantially the form of Exhibit D attached hereto to the
Auction Agent by telecopy or similar means and, if such Payment Default is cured, the Indenture Trustee shall immediately send a notice in substantially the form of Exhibit E attached hereto to the Auction Agent by telecopy or similar means.

 (ii) Not later than 2:00 p.m., eastern time, on each anniversary of the initial Distribution Date, the Indenture Trustee shall pay to the
Auction Agent, in immediately available funds out of amounts in the Collection Account, an amount equal to the Auction Agent Fee as set forth in the Auction Agent Agreement. Not later than 2:00 p.m., eastern time, on each Auction Date, the Indenture
Trustee shall pay to the Auction Agent, in immediately available funds out of amounts in the Collection Account, an amount equal to the Broker-Dealer Fee as calculated in the Auction Agent Agreement. The Indenture Trustee shall, from time to time at
the request of the Auction Agent and at the direction of an Authorized Officer, reimburse the Auction Agent for its reasonable expenses as provided in the Auction Agent Agreement, such expenses to be paid out of amounts in the Collection Account.

 (c) Calculation of Maximum Rate, All Hold Auction Rate, ARS Student Loan Rate, Applicable LIBOR Rate, and Non-Payment Rate. The
Auction Agent shall calculate the applicable Maximum Rate, Applicable LIBOR Rate, and All Hold Auction Rate, as the case may be, on each Auction Date and shall notify the Indenture Trustee and the Broker-Dealers of the applicable Maximum Rate,
Applicable LIBOR Rate, and All Hold Auction Rate, as the case may be, as provided in the Auction Agent Agreement; provided, that if the ownership of the Auction Rate Notes is no longer maintained as Book-Entry Notes, or if a Payment Default
has occurred, then the Indenture Trustee shall determine the applicable Maximum Rate, Applicable LIBOR Rate, All Hold Auction Rate and Non-Payment Rate for each such Accrual Period. If the ownership of the Auction Rate Notes is no longer maintained
as Book-Entry Notes by the Clearing Agency, the Indenture Trustee shall calculate the applicable Maximum Rate on the Business Day immediately preceding the first day of each Auction Period after the delivery of certificates representing the Auction
Rate Notes pursuant to the Indenture. If a Payment Default shall have occurred, the Indenture Trustee shall calculate the Non-Payment Rate on the Interest Rate Determination Date for (i) each Accrual Period commencing after the occurrence and
during the continuance of such Payment Default and (ii) any Accrual Period commencing less than two Business Days after the cure of any Payment Default. The determination by the Indenture Trustee or the Auction Agent, as the case may be, of the
applicable Maximum Rate, Applicable LIBOR Rate, All Hold Auction Rate and Non-Payment Rate shall (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding upon all parties. If calculated or determined by the Auction Agent, the Auction Agent shall
promptly advise the Indenture Trustee of the applicable Maximum Rate, Applicable LIBOR Rate, and All Hold Auction Rate. The Administrator shall advise the Indenture Trustee who shall advise the Auction Agent of the applicable ARS Student Loan Rate.

  

 Appendix A-2-18 

 (d) Notification of Rates, Amounts and Distribution Dates. 
 (i) By 12:00 noon, eastern time, on the Business Day following each Record Date, the Indenture Trustee shall determine the aggregate amounts of interest
distributable on the next succeeding Distribution Date to the beneficial owners of Auction Rate Notes. 
 (ii) At least four days prior to
any Distribution Date, the Indenture Trustee shall: 
 (A) confirm with the Auction Agent, so long as no Payment Default has
occurred and is continuing and the ownership of the Auction Rate Notes is maintained as Book-Entry Notes by the applicable Clearing Agency, (1) the date of such next Distribution Date and (2) the amount payable to the Auction Agent on the
Auction Date pursuant to Section 2.02(b)(ii) of this Appendix A-2; and 
 (B) advise the applicable Clearing
Agency, so long as the ownership of the Auction Rate Notes is maintained as Book-Entry Notes by the applicable Clearing Agency, upon request, of the aggregate amount of interest distributable on such next Distribution Date to the beneficial owners
of each Class of the Auction Rate Notes. 
 If any day scheduled to be an Distribution Date shall be changed after the Indenture Trustee
shall have given the notice or confirmation referred to in clause (i) of the preceding sentence, the Indenture Trustee shall, not later than 11:15 a.m., eastern time, on the Business Day next preceding the earlier of the new Distribution Date
or the old Distribution Date, by such means as the Indenture Trustee deems practicable, give notice of such change to the Auction Agent, so long as no Payment Default has occurred and is continuing and the ownership of the Auction Rate Notes is
maintained as Book-Entry Notes by the applicable Clearing Agency. 
 (e) Auction Agent. 
 (i) The Bank of New York is hereby appointed as Initial Auction Agent to serve as agent for the Issuer in connection with Auctions. The Indenture Trustee
and the Issuer will, and the Indenture Trustee is hereby directed to, enter into the Initial Auction Agent Agreement with The Bank of New York, as the Initial Auction Agent. Any Substitute Auction Agent shall be (A) a bank, national banking
association or trust company duly organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof having its principal place of business in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, or such other location as approved by the
Indenture Trustee in writing and having a combined capital stock or surplus of at least $50,000,000, or (B) a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., having a capitalization of at least $50,000,000, and, in either case,
authorized by law to perform all the duties imposed upon it hereunder and under the Auction Agent Agreement. The Auction Agent may at any time resign and be discharged of the duties and obligations created by this Appendix A-2 by giving at
least 90 days’ notice to the Indenture Trustee, each Broker-Dealer and the Issuer. The Auction Agent may be removed at any time by the Indenture Trustee upon the written direction of an Authorized Officer or by the holders of a majority of the
aggregate principal amount of the Auction Rate Notes then Outstanding, and if by such Noteholders, by an instrument signed by such Noteholders or their attorneys and filed with the Auction Agent, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee upon at least 90
days’ written notice. Neither resignation nor removal of the Auction Agent pursuant to the preceding two sentences shall be effective until and unless a Substitute Auction Agent has been appointed and has accepted such appointment. If required
by 

  

 Appendix A-2-19 

 
the Issuer, a Substitute Auction Agent Agreement shall be entered into with a Substitute Auction Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Auction Agent may
terminate the Auction Agent Agreement if, within 25 days after notifying the Indenture Trustee, each Broker-Dealer and the Issuer in writing that it has not received payment of any Auction Agent Fee due it in accordance with the terms of the Auction
Agent Agreement, the Auction Agent does not receive such payment. 
 (ii) If the Auction Agent shall resign or be removed or be dissolved, or
if the property or affairs of the Auction Agent shall be taken under the control of any state or federal court or administrative body because of bankruptcy or insolvency, or for any other reason, the Indenture Trustee at the direction of an
Authorized Officer, shall use its best efforts to appoint a Substitute Auction Agent. 
 (iii) The Auction Agent is acting as agent for the
Issuer in connection with Auctions. In the absence of bad faith, negligent failure to act or negligence on its part, the Auction Agent shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted or any error of judgment made by it in the
performance of its duties under the Auction Agent Agreement and shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith unless the Auction Agent shall have been negligent in ascertaining (or failing to ascertain) the pertinent facts.

 (f) Broker-Dealer. 
 (i) The Auction Agent will enter into Broker-Dealer Agreements with each of the Initial Broker-Dealers, as the initial Broker-Dealers. An Authorized Officer of the Administrator, on behalf of the Issuer may, from time to time, approve one
or more additional persons to serve as a Broker-Dealer under additional Broker-Dealer Agreements and shall be responsible for providing such Broker-Dealer Agreements to the Indenture Trustee and the Auction Agent. 
 (ii) Any Broker-Dealer may be removed at any time, at the request of an Authorized Officer of the Administrator, on behalf of the Issuer, but there
shall, at all times, be at least one Broker-Dealer appointed and acting as such. 
 (g) Changes in Auction Period or Periods and Certain
Percentages. 
 (i) While any of the Auction Rate Notes are Outstanding, the Issuer may, at the direction of the Broker-Dealers, from time
to time, change the length of one or more Auction Periods (an “Auction Period Adjustment”), in order to conform with then current market practice with respect to similar securities or to accommodate economic and financial factors
that may affect or be relevant to the length of the Auction Period and the interest rate borne by the Auction Rate Notes. The Issuer shall not initiate an Auction Period Adjustment unless it shall have received the written direction of the
applicable Broker-Dealer, not later than nine days prior to the Auction Date for such Auction Period. The Broker-Dealer shall initiate the Auction Period Adjustment by giving written notice by Issuer Order to the Indenture Trustee, the Auction
Agent, the applicable Broker-Dealers, each Rating Agency and the applicable Clearing Agency in substantially the form of, or containing substantially the information contained in, Exhibit E attached hereto at least 10 days prior to the Auction Date
for such Auction Period. 
  

 Appendix A-2-20 

 (ii) Any such adjusted Auction Period shall not be less than 7 days nor more than 270 days. 

(iii) An Auction Period Adjustment shall take effect only if (A) the Indenture Trustee and the Auction Agent receive, by 11:00 a.m., eastern
time, on the Business Day before the Auction Date for the first such Auction Period, an Issuer Certificate in substantially the form attached as, or containing substantially the same information contained in, Exhibit F attached hereto,
authorizing the Auction Period Adjustment specified in such certificate along with a copy of the written direction of the applicable Broker-Dealer and, (B) Sufficient Bids exist as of the Auction on the Auction Date for such first Auction
Period. If the condition referred to in (A) above is not met, the applicable Auction Note Interest Rate for the next Auction Period shall be determined pursuant to the above provisions of this Section 2.02 and the Auction Period shall be
the Auction Period determined without reference to the proposed change. If the condition referred to in (A) is met but the condition referred in (B) above is not met, the applicable Auction Note Interest Rate for the next Auction Period
shall be the applicable Maximum Rate and the Auction Period shall be the Auction Period determined without reference to the proposed change. 
 In connection with any Auction Period Adjustment, the Auction Agent shall provide such further notice to such parties as is specified in Section 2.03 of the Auction Agent Agreement. 
 (h) Changes in the Auction Date. The applicable Broker-Dealer, and, if applicable, upon receipt of the opinion of counsel as required below, may
specify a different Auction Date (but in no event more than five Business Days earlier) than the Auction Date that would otherwise be determined in accordance with the definition of “Auction Date” in Section 1.01 of this Appendix
A-2 with respect to one or more specified Auction Periods in order to conform with then current market practice with respect to similar securities or to accommodate economic and financial factors that may affect or be relevant to the day of the
week constituting an Auction Date and the interest rate borne on the Auction Rate Notes. The applicable Broker-Dealer shall deliver a written direction to such change in the length of the Auction Date to the Issuer at least 14 days prior to the
effective date of such change. If the Issuer shall have delivered such written direction of the applicable Broker-Dealer, such Broker-Dealer shall provide notice of its determination to specify an earlier Auction Date for one or more Auction Periods
by means of a written notice delivered at least 10 days prior to the proposed changed Auction Date to the Indenture Trustee, the Auction Agent, the Issuer, each Rating Agency and the Clearing Agency. Such notice shall be substantially in the form
of, or contain substantially the information contained in, Exhibit G attached hereto. 
 In connection with any change described in this
Section 2.02(h), the Auction Agent shall provide such further notice to such parties as is specified in Section 2.03 of the Auction Agent Agreement. 
 Section 2.03 Additional Provisions Regarding the Interest Rates on the Auction Rate Notes. The determination of a Variable Rate by the Auction Agent or any other Person pursuant to the provisions of the
applicable Section of this Article II shall be conclusive and binding on the Noteholders of the Auction Rate Notes to which such Variable Rate applies, and the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee may rely thereon for all purposes. 
  

 Appendix A-2-21 

 In no event shall the cumulative amount of interest paid or payable on the Auction Rate Notes (including interest
calculated as provided herein, plus any other amounts that constitute interest on the Auction Rate Notes under applicable law, which are contracted for, charged, reserved, taken or received pursuant to the Auction Rate Notes or related documents)
calculated from the Closing Date through any subsequent day during the term of the Auction Rate Notes or otherwise prior to payment in full of the Auction Rate Notes exceed the amount permitted by applicable law. If the applicable law is ever
judicially interpreted so as to render usurious any amount called for under the Auction Rate Notes or related documents or otherwise contracted for, charged, reserved, taken or received in connection with the Auction Rate Notes, or if the redemption
or acceleration of the maturity of the Auction Rate Notes results in payment to or receipt by the Noteholder or any former Noteholder of the Auction Rate Notes of any interest in excess of that permitted by applicable law, then, notwithstanding any
provision of the Auction Rate Notes or related documents to the contrary, all excess amounts theretofore paid or received with respect to the Auction Rate Notes shall be credited on the principal balance of the Auction Rate Notes (or, if the Auction
Rate Notes have been paid or would thereby be paid in full, refunded by the recipient thereof), and the provisions of the Auction Rate Notes and related documents shall automatically and immediately be deemed reformed and the amounts thereafter
collectible hereunder and thereunder reduced, without the necessity of the execution of any new document, so as to comply with the applicable law, but so as to permit the recovery of the fullest amount otherwise called for under the Auction Rate
Notes and under the related documents. 
  

 Appendix A-2-22 

 Appendix A-3 
 TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS FOR THE CLASS A-4B NOTES 
 1. Except as otherwise specified herein or as the
context may otherwise require, capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Appendix A-3 (this “Appendix”) are defined in Appendix A-1, which also contains rules as to usage that shall be applicable herein. 
 2. The Indenture Trustee, as Note Registrar, shall provide for the registration of the Class A-4B Notes and of Transfers and exchanges of the
Class A-4B Notes pursuant to Section 2.4 of the Indenture. 
 3. The Class A-4B Notes initially will be represented by
registered notes of such class in global form and shall be issued in the manner set forth in Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.10 of the Indenture. Global Note Certificates representing interests in the Class A-4B Notes may be reissued and represented by
Class A-4B Notes of such class in definitive form pursuant to Section 2.12 of the Indenture. 
 4. Any Transfer of Class A-4B
Notes made in violation of Section 2.1 of the Indenture shall be null and void and of no effect. 
 5. Each purchaser of a
Class A-4B Note that represents a beneficial interest in a Global Note Certificate will be deemed to have acknowledged and agreed that: 
  

	 	(a)	The Class A-4B Notes are being offered and sold by the initial purchasers only to QIBs in transactions meeting the requirements of Rule 144A or to persons (other than U.S.
persons) outside the United States of America pursuant to the requirements of Regulation S. 

  

	 	(b)	Any ownership interest represented by a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note Certificate may be transferred to another entity who wishes to hold Class A-4B Notes in
the form of an interest in the Rule 144A Global Note Certificate, provided that the applicable transferor and transferee are deemed to have represented and warranted that such transfer is being made to a transferee that is (i) (and whom
the transferor reasonably believes is) a QIB in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A; (ii) acquiring such Class A-4B Notes in reliance on an exemption from registration under the Securities Act other than Rule 144A; or
(iii) acquiring such Class A-4B Notes pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. 

  

	 	(c)	On or prior to the fortieth day after the closing date (the “Distribution Compliance Period”), any ownership interest represented by a beneficial interest in the
Regulation S Global Note Certificate may be transferred to a person who wishes to hold Class A-4B Notes in the form of an interest in the Regulation S Global Note Certificate, provided that the applicable transferee is deemed to have
represented and warranted that such transfer is being made to a transferee that is (and whom the transferor reasonably believes is) a non-U.S. person and is being made in accordance with any other applicable securities laws.

  

 Appendix A-3-1 

	 	(d)	After the related Distribution Compliance Period, such deemed representations and warranties will no longer apply to transfers of Class A-4B Notes where the related beneficial
interest is held through the Regulation S Global Note Certificate, but all such transfers will continue to be subject to the transfer restrictions contained in the legend appearing on the face of such Global Note Certificate, as described below.

  

	 	(e)	Transfers of interests from one Global Note Certificate to the other Global Note Certificate may be made at any time, but only if the intended transferor and transferee can be
deemed to represent and warrant that such transferee fulfills the conditions set forth above to hold a beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note Certificate. Any interest in the Class A-4B Notes represented by an interest in a Rule 144A
Global Note Certificate or a Regulation S Global Note Certificate that is transferred to a person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the other Global Note Certificate will, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such original Global
Note Certificate and become an interest in such other Global Note Certificate and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions and other procedures applicable to an interest in such other Global Note Certificate.

 6. Each purchaser of a Class A-4B Note that represents a beneficial interest in a Global Note Certificate will be
deemed to have represented and agreed, and each purchaser of an Definitive note will be required to certify in writing, among other things to be set forth in the Indenture, that: 
  

	 	(a)	the purchaser is a QIB and is acquiring such Class A-4B Notes for its own account or as a fiduciary or agent for others (which others also must be QIBs) for investment purposes
and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act, and it is able to bear the economic risk of an investment in the Class A-4B Notes and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of
evaluating the merits and risks of purchasing the Class A-4B Notes, or, (2) the purchaser is a non-U.S. person (as defined in Regulation S) outside the United States of America, acquiring the Class A-4B Notes pursuant to an exemption
from registration in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S; 

  

	 	(b)	 the purchaser understands that the Class A-4B Notes are being offered only in a transaction that does not require registration under the Securities Act and, if
such purchaser decides to resell or otherwise transfer such Class A-4B Notes, then it agrees that it will resell or transfer such Class A-4B Notes only (1) so long as such Class A-4B Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule
144A, to a person whom the seller reasonably believes is a QIB acquiring the Class A-4B Notes for its own account or as a fiduciary or agent for others (which others must also be QIBs) to whom notice is given that the resale or other transfer
is being made in 

  

 Appendix A-3-2 

	 	 
reliance on Rule 144A, (2) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (3) pursuant to an exemption from registration
under the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, or, if applicable, (4) to a purchaser who is a non-U.S. person (as defined in Regulation S) outside the United States of America, acquiring the Class A-4B Notes pursuant to an exemption from
registration under the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S or, in each case in accordance with any applicable United States state securities or “Blue Sky” laws or any securities laws of any other
jurisdiction; 

  

	 	(c)	unless the relevant legend set out below has been removed from the relevant Class A-4B Notes such purchaser shall notify each transferee of the Class A-4B Notes that
(1) such Class A-4B Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, (2) the holder of such Class A-4B Notes is subject to the restrictions on the resale or other transfer thereof described in paragraph (b) above,
(3) such transferee shall be deemed to have represented (i) as to its status as a QIB or as to its status as a purchaser acquiring the Class A-4B Notes in an offshore transaction pursuant to the requirements of Regulation S, as the
case may be, (ii) if such transferee is a QIB, that such transferee is acquiring the Class A-4B Notes for its own account or as a fiduciary or agent for others (which others also must be QIBs) (or that is acquiring such Class A-4B
Notes in reliance on an exemption under the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act), (iii) if applicable, if such transferee is a non-U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation
S) outside the United States of America, that such transferee is acquiring the Class A-4B Notes pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act in accordance with the requirements of Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S,
(iv) that such transferee is not an underwriter within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act, and (v) that such transferee shall be deemed to have agreed to notify its subsequent transferees as to the foregoing; and

  

	 	(d)	the acquisition or purchase by (i) an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
(“ERISA”)), whether or not subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA, (ii) a plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”), whether or not subject to
Section 4975 of the Code, or (iii) any entity whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of a plan’s investment in the entity (any of (i), (ii) or (iii), a “Benefit Plan”) of a Class A-4B Note will not
constitute or otherwise result in: (1) in the case of a Benefit Plan subject to Title I of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code, a non-exempt prohibited transaction in violation of Section 406 of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the
Code which is not covered by a class or other applicable exemption and (2) in the case of a Benefit Plan subject to a substantially similar federal, state, local or foreign law, a non-exempt violation of such substantially similar law.

 7. the purchaser understands that each Rule 144A Global Note Certificate and any Rule 144A Definitive Note Certificate
(collectively, the “Rule 144A Certificates”) will bear the following legend unless determined otherwise in accordance with applicable law: 
  

 Appendix A-3-3 

 “THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY UNITED STATES STATE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAWS OR ANY SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, AND, AS A MATTER OF U.S. LAW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES
ACT OR SUCH OTHER LAWS. THIS NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN MINIMUM DENOMINATIONS OF NOT LESS THAN €100,000 AND €1,000 INCREMENTS IN EXCESS THEREOF. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING OR ACCEPTING THIS NOTE IS HEREBY DEEMED TO HAVE AGREED
FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE TRUST AND THE INITIAL PURCHASERS THAT IT WILL RESELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE, AS A MATTER OF U.S. LAW, ONLY (A) (1) SO LONG AS THIS NOTE IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE, PURSUANT TO RULE 144A PROMULGATED UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER, AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A (A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER”), THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR
AS A FIDUCIARY OR AGENT FOR OTHERS (WHICH OTHERS MUST ALSO BE QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS) TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE RESALE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (2) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A, (3) TO A PERSON WHO IS NOT A U.S. PERSON (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904
OF REGULATION S PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (4) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY UNITED STATES STATE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAWS OR ANY
SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. UPON ACQUISITION OR TRANSFER OF A CLASS A-4B NOTE OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A CLASS A-4B NOTE, AS THE CASE MAY BE, BY, FOR OR WITH THE ASSETS OF, A BENEFIT PLAN, SUCH CLASS A-4B NOTE OWNER SHALL BE DEEMED
TO HAVE REPRESENTED THAT SUCH ACQUISITION OR PURCHASE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR OTHERWISE RESULT IN: (I) IN THE CASE OF A BENEFIT PLAN SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA AND/OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION IN VIOLATION OF
SECTION 406 OF ERISA AND/OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WHICH IS NOT COVERED BY A CLASS OR OTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION AND (II) IN THE CASE OF A BENEFIT PLAN SUBJECT TO A SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN LAW, A NON-EXEMPT VIOLATION
OF SUCH SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR LAW. ANY TRANSFER FOUND TO HAVE BEEN MADE IN VIOLATION OF SUCH DEEMED REPRESENTATION SHALL BE NULL AND VOID AND OF NO EFFECT. 
 THIS NOTE AND RELATED DOCUMENTATION MAY BE AMENDED OR SUPPLEMENTED FROM TIME TO TIME TO MODIFY THE RESTRICTIONS ON 

  

 Appendix A-3-4 

 
AND PROCEDURES UNDERTAKEN OR REPRESENTED BY THE HOLDER, FOR RESALES AND OTHER TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE, TO REFLECT ANY CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS OR REGULATIONS
(OR THE INTERPRETATION THEREOF) OR IN PRACTICES RELATING TO RESALES OR OTHER TRANSFERS OF RESTRICTED SECURITIES GENERALLY. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AND ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER OF ANY INTEREST THEREIN SHALL BE DEEMED, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OR PURCHASE
HEREOF, TO HAVE AGREED TO ANY SUCH AMENDMENT OR SUPPLEMENT (EACH OF WHICH SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING ON THE HOLDER HEREOF AND ALL FUTURE HOLDERS OF THIS NOTE AND ANY CLASS A-4B NOTES ISSUED IN EXCHANGE OR SUBSTITUTION HEREFOR, WHETHER OR NOT
ANY NOTATION THEREOF IS MADE HEREON) AND AGREES TO TRANSFER THIS NOTE ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY SUCH AMENDMENT OR SUPPLEMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW IN EFFECT AT THE DATE OF SUCH TRANSFER”; or 
 (2) The purchaser understands that each Regulation S Global Note Certificate and any Regulation S Definitive Note Certificate (collectively, the
“Regulation S Certificates”) will bear the following legend unless determined otherwise in accordance with applicable law: 
 “THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), ANY UNITED STATES STATE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAWS OR ANY SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER
JURISDICTION, AND, AS A MATTER OF U.S. LAW, PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE OFFERING OF THE CLASS A-4B NOTES AND THE CLOSING OF THE OFFERING OF THE CLASS A-4B NOTES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA OR TO A U.S. PERSON (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN
EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY UNITED STATES STATE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAWS OR ANY SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. THIS NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN MINIMUM
DENOMINATIONS OF NOT LESS THAN €100,000 AND €1,000 INCREMENTS IN EXCESS THEREOF. 
 UPON ACQUISITION OR TRANSFER OF A CLASS A-4B
NOTE OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A CLASS A-4B NOTE, AS THE CASE MAY BE, BY, FOR OR WITH THE ASSETS OF, A BENEFIT PLAN, SUCH CLASS A-4B NOTE OWNER SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED THAT SUCH ACQUISITION OR PURCHASE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR OTHERWISE
RESULT IN: (I) IN THE CASE OF A BENEFIT PLAN SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA AND/OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION IN VIOLATION OF SECTION 406 OF ERISA AND/OR SECTION 

  

 Appendix A-3-5 

 
4975 OF THE CODE WHICH IS NOT COVERED BY A CLASS OR OTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION AND (II) IN THE CASE OF A BENEFIT PLAN SUBJECT TO A SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR
FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN LAW, A NON-EXEMPT VIOLATION OF SUCH SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR LAW. ANY TRANSFER FOUND TO HAVE BEEN MADE IN VIOLATION OF SUCH DEEMED REPRESENTATION SHALL BE NULL AND VOID AND OF NO EFFECT.” 
 8. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of a Rule 144A Certificate or a Regulation S Certificate bearing the applicable legends set forth above, or
upon specific request for removal of the legends, the trust or the registrar will deliver only replacement Rule 144A Certificates or Regulation S Certificates, as the case may be, that bear such applicable legends, or will refuse to remove such
applicable legends, unless there is delivered to the trust and the registrar such satisfactory evidence (which may include a legal opinion) as may reasonably be required by the trust and the indenture trustee that neither the applicable legends nor
the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. 
 9. Each
Class A-4B Noteholder or Note Owner, as applicable, of such Class A-4B Note, by its acceptance of a Class A-4B Note or a beneficial interest therein, respectively, also agrees that it will Transfer such Class A-4B Note or
beneficial interest therein, as the case may be, only as provided herein and in accordance with the Indenture. In addition, by acceptance of any Class A-4B Note or beneficial interest therein, as applicable, each proposed transferee thereof is
hereby deemed to have agreed with the conditions set forth in the applicable Securities Legend and agreed, by virtue of its acceptance of such Class A-4B Note or beneficial interest therein, as the case may be, to indemnify the Administrator,
the Depositor, the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee, the Eligible Lender Trustee and the Issuer against any and all liability that may result if such Transfer is not made in a manner consistent with the restrictions set forth in the Securities
Legend. In addition to any applicable restrictions in the Indenture, with respect to the Transfer and registration of Transfer of any Class A-4B Note registered in the name of a Class A-4B Noteholder other than Euroclear or Clearstream,
Luxembourg or their joint nominee, as the case may be, to a transferee that takes delivery in the form of a Definitive Note, in a transaction other than pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act, the Indenture Trustee shall
register the Transfer of such Definitive Note if (i) (A) the required Transfer is being made to a transferee who has provided the Indenture Trustee and the Administrator with a Rule 144A and Related Matters Certificate, substantially in
the form attached as Annex I hereto, (B) such transferee has provided comparable evidence as to its QIB status, (C) such Transfer is being made in compliance with Regulation S and such transferee has provided the Indenture Trustee and the
Administrator with a Regulation S and Related Matters Certificate, substantially in the form attached as Annex I hereto, or (D) such Transfer is being made in reliance on an exemption from registration under the Act other than Rule 144A or
Regulation S and that such transferor has provided the Indenture Trustee and the Administrator with reasonably acceptable evidence thereof, and (ii) the applicable transferor has provided the Indenture Trustee and the Administrator with a
Transferor Letter, substantially in the form of Annex 2 hereto. 
 10. Transfers of interests in the Class A-4B Notes represented by
Global Note Certificates within a European Clearing System will be in accordance with the usual rules and operating procedures of the relevant European Clearing System, which are generally the same as those set forth in Appendix H to the attached
base prospectus. 
  

 Appendix A-3-6 

 11. For as long as the Class A-4B Notes are “restricted securities” within the meaning of
Rule 144(a)(3) of the Act, (1) the Administrator will provide or cause to be provided to any holder of the Class A-4B Notes and any prospective purchaser thereof designated by such a holder, upon the request of such holder or prospective
purchaser by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Act; and (2) the Administrator shall update such information from time to time in order to prevent such information from becoming false and misleading and will take such other actions as are necessary to
ensure that the safe harbor exemption from the registration requirements of the Act under Rule 144A is and will be available for resales of such Class A-4B Notes conducted in accordance with Rule 144A. 
  

 Appendix A-3-7 

 FORM OF RULE 144A AND RELATED MATTERS CERTIFICATE 
 [Date] 
 [SELLER] 
 Deutsche Bank Trust Company 
               Americas, as Indenture Trustee 
 60 Wall Street, 26th Floor,

               Mailstop NYC60-2606 
 New York, New York 10005 
 Sallie Mae, Inc., as Administrator 
 12061 Bluemont Way 
 Reston, Virginia 20190 
  

			
	 Re:
	  	SLM Student Loan Trust 2007-4, Student Loan-Backed
		  	Class A-4B Notes (the “Class A-4B Notes”)

 Dear Sirs: 
 In connection with our purchase of the Class A-4B Notes of the above-referenced series, the undersigned certifies to each of the parties to whom this letter is addressed that it is a qualified institutional buyer (as defined in Rule
144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”)) as follows: 
 (A) It owned and/or invested on a discretionary basis
eligible securities (excluding affiliate’s securities, bank deposit notes and CD’s, loan participations, repurchase agreements, securities owned but subject to a repurchase agreement and swaps), as described below: 
 Date:                      ,
20     (must be on or after the close of its most recent fiscal year) 
 Amount:
$             ; and 
 (B) The dollar amount set forth above is:

  

	 	1.	greater than $100 million and the undersigned is one of the following entities: 

  

	 	•	 	 an insurance company as defined in Section 2(13) of the Act; or 

  

	 	•	 	 an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act or any business development company as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company
Act of 1940; or 

  

 Appendix A-3-8 

	 	•	 	 a Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under Section 301 (c) or (d) of the Small Business Investment
Act of 1958; or 

  

	 	•	 	 a plan (i) established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, the
laws of which permit the purchase of securities of this type, for the benefit of its employees and (ii) the governing investment guidelines of which permit the purchase of securities of this type; or 

  

	 	•	 	 a business development company as defined in Section 202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940; or 

  

	 	•	 	 a corporation (other than a U.S. bank, savings and loan association or equivalent foreign institution), partnership, Massachusetts or similar business trust, or an
organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code; or 

  

	 	•	 	 a U.S. bank, savings and loan association or equivalent foreign institution, which has an audited net worth of at least $25 million as demonstrated in its latest
annual financial statements; or 

  

	 	•	 	 an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act; or 

  

	 	2.	•    greater than $10 million, and the undersigned is a broker-dealer registered with the SEC; or 

  

	 	3.	•    less than $10 million, and the undersigned is a broker-dealer registered with the SEC and will only purchase Rule 144A securities in transactions in
which it acts as a riskless principal (as defined in Rule 144A); or 

  

	 	4.	•    less than $100 million, and the undersigned is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which, together with one or
more registered investment companies having the same or an affiliated investment adviser, owns at least $100 million of eligible securities; or 

  

	 	5.	•    less than $100 million, and the undersigned is an entity, all the equity owners of which are qualified institutional buyers. 

The undersigned further certifies that it is purchasing the Class A-4B Notes for its own account or for the account of others that independently
qualify as “Qualified Institutional 

  

 Appendix A-3-9 

 
Buyers” as defined in Rule 144A (a “QIB”). It is aware that the sale of the Class A-4B Notes is being made in reliance on its continued
compliance with Rule 144A. It is aware that the transferor may rely on the exemption from the provisions of Section 5 of the Act provided by Rule 144A. The undersigned understands that the Class A-4B Notes may be Transferred only
(A) so long as such Class A-4B Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person whom the seller reasonably believes is a QIB acquiring the Class A-4B Notes for its own account or as a fiduciary or agent for others
(which others must also be QIBs) to whom notice is given that the Transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (B) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act, (C) pursuant to an exemption from registration available
under the Act other than Rule 144A, or (D) to a purchaser who is a non-U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S) outside the United States of America, acquiring the Class A-4B Notes pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Act
in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S, in each case in accordance with any applicable United States state securities or “blue sky” laws or any securities laws of any other jurisdiction. 
 The undersigned agrees that if at some future time it wishes to dispose of or exchange any of the Class A-4B Notes, it will not Transfer or exchange
any of the Class A-4B Notes unless: (1) the sale is to an Eligible Purchaser (as defined below), (2) all offers or solicitations in connection with the sale, whether directly or through any agent acting on our behalf, are limited only
to Eligible Purchasers and are not made by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising whatsoever, and (3) such transferee shall deliver a Rule 144A and Related Matters Certificate to substantially the same effect as this
letter to the addressees hereof or a Regulation S and Related Matters Certificate substantially in the same form as set forth in Annex 1 to Appendix 3 to the Indenture, or such other evidence as may be reasonably acceptable to the Administrator.

 The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned is accepting ownership of the Class A-4B Notes in compliance with
the restrictions set forth in Appendix A-3 to the Indenture, dated as of April 5, 2007 (the “Indenture”), among the Trust, Chase Bank USA, National Association, as eligible lender trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as
indenture trustee, and acknowledges that the Class A-4B Notes will be issued with the legends set forth in Appendix A-3 to the Indenture. 
 “Eligible Purchaser” means a corporation, partnership or other entity which we have reasonable grounds to believe and do believe (A) (i) can make representations with respect to itself to
substantially the same effect as the representations set forth herein, and (ii) is a QIB as defined under Rule 144A of the Act or any entity in which all of the equity owners come within such paragraphs, (B) can make representations with
respect to itself to substantially the same effect as the representations set forth in the Regulation S and Related Matters Certificate in the same form as Annex 1 to Appendix A-3 to the Indenture, or (C) (i) can make representations with
respect to itself substantially to the same effect as the representations set forth herein (other than to its status as a QIB), and (ii) is acquiring such Class A-4B Notes in reliance on an exemption to the Act other than Rule 144A in
accordance with any applicable United States state securities or “Blue Sky” laws. 
  

 Appendix A-3-10 

 If the Purchaser proposes that its Class A-4B Notes be registered in the name of a nominee on its
behalf, the Purchaser has identified such nominee below, and has caused such nominee to complete the Nominee Acknowledgment at the end of this letter. 
 Name of Nominee (if any): 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this document has been executed by the undersigned who is
duly authorized to do so on behalf of the undersigned Qualified Institutional Buyer on the day of             , 20        . 
  

	
	Name of Institution
	
	  

	 Signature

	
	  

	 Name

	
	  

	 Title

 Nominee Acknowledgment 
 The undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees that as to the Class A-4B Notes being registered in its name, the sole beneficial owner thereof is
and shall be the Purchaser identified above, for whom the undersigned is acting as nominee. 
  

	
	By:
	
	  

	Duly Authorized

  

 Appendix A-3-11 

 FORM OF REGULATIONS AND RELATED MATTERS CERTIFICATE 
 [Date] 
 [SELLER] 
 Deutsche Bank Trust Company 
               Americas, as Indenture Trustee 
 60 Wall Street, 26th Floor,

               Mailstop NYC60-2606 
 New York, New York 10005 
 Sallie Mae, Inc., as Administrator 
 12061 Bluemont Way 
 Reston, Virginia 20190 
  

			
	 Re:
	  	SLM Student Loan Trust 2007-4, Student Loan-Backed
		  	Class A-4B Notes (the “Class A-4B Notes”)

 Dear Sirs: 
 In connection with our purchase of the Class A-4B Notes of the above-referenced series, the undersigned certifies to each of the parties to whom this letter is addressed that it is a non-U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S) outside
the United States of America, acquiring the Class A-4B Notes pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S. 
 The undersigned further certifies that it is purchasing the Class A-4B Notes for its own account or for the account of others that independently qualify as non-U.S. persons (as defined in Regulation S) outside
the United States of America. It is aware that the sale of the Class A-4B Notes is being made in reliance on its continued compliance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S. The undersigned understands that the Class A-4B Notes may
resold or Transferred only (A) so long as such Class A-4B Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person whom the seller reasonably believes is a QIB acquiring the Class A-4B Notes for its own account or as a
fiduciary or agent for others (which others must also be QIBs) to whom notice is given that the resale or other Transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (B) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act,
(C) pursuant to another exemption from registration available under the Act other than Rule 144A, or (D) to a purchaser who is a non-U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S) outside the United States of America, acquiring the
Class A-4B Notes pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Act in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S, in each case in accordance with any applicable United States state securities or “blue sky” laws or any
securities laws of any other jurisdiction. 
 The undersigned agrees that if at some future time it wishes to dispose of or exchange any of
the Class A-4B Notes, it will not Transfer or exchange any of the Class A-4B Notes unless: (1) the sale is to an Eligible Purchaser (as defined below), (2) all offers or solicitations in connection with the sale, whether directly
or through any agent acting on our behalf, are limited only to Eligible Purchasers and are not made by means of any form of general solicitation or 

  

 Appendix A-3-12 

 
general advertising whatsoever, and (3) such transferee shall deliver a Rule 144A Certificate substantially in the same form as Annex 1 to Appendix 3 to
the Indenture, or a Regulation S Certificate to substantially the same effect as this letter to the addressees hereof or such other evidence as may be reasonably acceptable to the Administrator and the Indenture Trustee. 
 The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned is accepting ownership of the Class A-4B Notes in compliance with the
restrictions set forth in Appendix A-3 to the Indenture, dated as of April 5, 2007 (the “Indenture”), among the Trust, Chase Bank USA, National Association, as eligible lender trustee, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas,
as indenture trustee, and acknowledges that the Class A-4B Notes will be issued with the legends set forth in Appendix A-3 to the Indenture. 
 “Eligible Purchaser” means a corporation, partnership or other entity which we have reasonable grounds to believe and do believe (A) (i) can make representations with respect to itself to
substantially the same effect as the representations set forth herein, and (ii) is a QIB as defined under Rule 144A of the Act or any entity in which all of the equity owners come within such paragraphs, (B) (i) can make
representations with respect to itself to substantially the same effect as the representations set forth in the Regulation S Certificate in the same form as Annex 1 to Appendix A-3 to the Indenture, and (ii) is acquiring such Class A-4B
Notes pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S, or (C) (i) can make representations with respect to itself substantially to the same effect as the representations set forth herein
(other than to its status as a QIB), and (ii) is acquiring such Class A-4B Notes in reliance on an exemption to the Act other than Rule 144A in accordance with any applicable United States state securities or “Blue Sky” laws.

 If the Purchaser proposes that its Class A-4B Notes be registered in the name of a nominee on its behalf, the Purchaser has
identified such nominee below, and has caused such nominee to complete the Nominee Acknowledgment at the end of this letter. 
 Name of
Nominee (if any): 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this document has been executed by the undersigned who is duly authorized to do so on behalf of the
undersigned non-U.S. person on the day of             , 20        . 
  

	
	Name of Institution
	
	  

	Signature
	
	  

	 Name

	
	  

	 Title

  

 Appendix A-3-13 

 Nominee Acknowledgment 
 The undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees that as to the Class A-4B Notes being registered in its name, the sole beneficial owner thereof is and shall be the Purchaser identified above, for whom the
undersigned is acting as nominee. 
  

			
	 By:
	 	  

		 	 Duly Authorized

  

 Appendix A-3-14 

 ANNEX 2 TO 
 APPENDIX A-3 
 FORM OF TRANSFEROR LETTER 
 [Date] 
 Deutsche Bank Trust Company 
               Americas, as Indenture Trustee 
 60 Wall Street, 26th Floor, 
               Mailstop NYC60-2606 
 New York, New York 10005 
 Sallie Mae, Inc., as Administrator 
 12061 Bluemont Way 
 Reston, Virginia 20190 
  

			
	 Re:
	  	SLM Student Loan Trust 2007-4, Student Loan-Backed
		  	Class A-4B Notes (the “Class A-4B Notes”)

 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 In connection with our disposition of the Class A-4B Notes of the above-referenced series owned by us, we certify that (a) we understand that the Class A-4B Notes have not been registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and are being disposed by us in a transaction that is exempt from the registration requirements of the Act, and (b) we have not offered or sold any Class A-4B Notes to, or solicited
offers to buy any Class A-4B Notes from, any person, or otherwise approached or negotiated with any person with respect thereto, in a manner that would be deemed, or taken any other action would result in, a violation of Section 5 of the
Act. 
  

			
	 Very truly yours,

	
	  

	 Print Name of Transferor

		
	 By:
	 	  

		 	Authorized Officer

  

 Appendix A-3-15 

 SCHEDULE A 
 Schedule of Trust Student Loans 
 [See Schedule A to the Bill of Sale 
 (Attachment C to the Sale Agreement)] 
  

 Schedule A-1 

 SCHEDULE B 
 Location of Trust Student Loan Files 
 [See Attachment B to the Servicing Agreement)] 
  

 Schedule B-1 

 EXHIBIT A 
 [Form of Notes] 
 [See tabs          to
        ] 
  

 Exhibit A-1 

 EXHIBIT B 
 Form of Note Depository Agreement 
  

 Exhibit B-1 

 EXHIBIT C 
 Servicing Criteria To Be Addressed In Assessment Of Compliance 
 The assessment of compliance to be
delivered by Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Indenture Trustee, shall address, at a minimum, the criteria identified as below as “Applicable Servicing Criteria”: 
  

					
	 Reference
	  	 Criteria
	  	Applicability
		  	General Servicing Considerations	  	
			
	1122(d)(1)(i)	  	Policies and procedures are instituted to monitor any performance or other triggers and events of default in accordance with the Transaction Documents.	  	N/A
			
	1122(d)(1)(ii)	  	If any material servicing activities are outsourced to third parties, policies and procedures are instituted to monitor the third party’s performance and compliance with such servicing
activities.	  	N/A
			
	1122(d)(1)(iii)	  	Any requirements in the Transaction Documents to maintain a back-up servicer for the trust student loans are maintained.	  	N/A
			
	1122(d)(1)(iv)	  	A fidelity bond and errors and omissions policy is in effect on the party participating in the servicing function throughout the reporting period in the amount of coverage required by and
otherwise in accordance with the terms of the transaction agreements.	  	N/A
			
		  	Cash Collection and Administration	  	
			
	1122(d)(2)(i)	  	Payments on trust student loans are deposited into the appropriate custodial bank accounts and related bank clearing accounts no more than two business days following receipt, or such other
number of days specified in the Transaction Documents.	  	N/A
			
	1122(d)(2)(ii)	  	Disbursements made via wire transfer on behalf of an obligor or to an investor are made only by authorized personnel.	  	
			
	1122(d)(2)(iii)	  	Advances of funds or guarantees regarding collections, cash flows or distributions, and any interest or other fees charged for such advances, are made, reviewed and approved as specified in the
Transaction Documents.	  	N/A
			
	1122(d)(2)(iv)	  	The related accounts for the transaction, such as cash reserve accounts or accounts established as a form of overcollateralization, are separately maintained (e.g., with respect to commingling
of cash) as set forth in the Transaction Documents.	  	N/A
			
	1122(d)(2)(v)	  	Each custodial account is maintained at a federally insured depository institution as set forth in the Transaction Documents. For purposes of this criterion, “federally insured depository
institution” with respect to a foreign financial institution means a foreign financial institution that meets the requirements of Rule 13k-1(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act.	  	N/A
			
	1122(d)(2)(vi)	  	Unissued checks are safeguarded so as to prevent unauthorized access.	  	N/A
			
	1122(d)(2)(vii)	  	Reconciliations are prepared on a monthly basis for all asset-backed securities related bank accounts, including custodial accounts and related bank clearing accounts. These reconciliations are
(A) mathematically accurate; (B) prepared within 30 calendar days after the bank statement cutoff date, or such other number of days specified in the Transaction Documents; (C) reviewed and approved by someone other than the person who prepared the
reconciliation; and (D) contain explanations for reconciling items. These reconciling items are resolved within 90 calendar days of their original identification, or such other number of days specified in the Transaction Documents.	  	N/A

  

 Exhibit C-1 

					
	 Reference
	  	 Criteria
	  	Applicability
		  	Investor Remittances and Reporting	  	
			
	1122(d)(3)(i)	  	Reports to investors, including those to be filed with the Commission, are maintained in accordance with the Transaction Documents and applicable Commission requirements. Specifically, such
reports (A) are prepared in accordance with timeframes and other terms set forth in the Transaction Documents; (B) provide information calculated in accordance with the terms specified in the Transaction Documents; (C) are filed with the Commission
as required by its rules and regulations; and (D) agree with investors’ or the trustee’s records as to the total unpaid principal balance and number of student loans serviced by the Servicer.	  	N/A
			
	1122(d)(3)(ii)	  	Amounts due to investors are allocated and remitted in accordance with timeframes, distribution priority and other terms set forth in the Transaction Documents.	  	N/A
			
	1122(d)(3)(iii)	  	Disbursements made to an investor are posted within two business days to the Servicer’s investor records, or such other number of days specified in the Transaction Documents.	  	N/A
			
	1122(d)(3)(iv)	  	Amounts remitted to investors per the investor reports agree with cancelled checks, or other form of payment, or custodial bank statements.	  	N/A
			
		  	Pool Asset Administration	  	
			
	1122(d)(4)(i)	  	Collateral or security on student loans is maintained as required by the Transaction Documents or related student loan documents.	  	N/A
			
	1122(d)(4)(ii)	  	Student loan and related documents are safeguarded as required by the Transaction Documents	  	N/A
			
	1122(d)(4)(iii)	  	Any additions, removals or substitutions to the asset pool are made, reviewed and approved in accordance with any conditions or requirements in the Transaction Documents.	  	N/A
			
	1122(d)(4)(iv)	  	Payments on student loans, including any payoffs, made in accordance with the related student loan documents are posted to the Servicer’s obligor records maintained no more than two
business days after receipt, or such other number of days specified in the Transaction Documents, and allocated to principal, interest or other items (e.g., escrow) in accordance with the related student loan documents.	  	N/A
			
	1122(d)(4)(v)	  	The Servicer’s records regarding the student loans agree with the Servicer’s records with respect to an obligor’s unpaid principal balance.	  	N/A
			
	1122(d)(4)(vi)	  	Changes with respect to the terms or status of an obligor’s student loans (e.g., loan modifications or re-agings) are made, reviewed and approved by authorized personnel in accordance with
the Transaction Documents and related pool asset documents.	  	N/A
			
	1122(d)(4)(vii)	  	Loss mitigation or recovery actions (e.g., forbearance plans, modifications and deeds in lieu of foreclosure, foreclosures and repossessions, as applicable) are initiated, conducted and
concluded in accordance with the timeframes or other requirements established by the Transaction Documents.	  	N/A
			
	1122(d)(4)(viii)	  	Records documenting collection efforts are maintained during the period a student loan is delinquent in accordance with the Transaction Documents. Such records are maintained on at least a
monthly basis, or such other period specified in the Transaction Documents, and describe the entity’s activities in monitoring delinquent student loans including, for example, phone calls, letters and payment rescheduling plans in cases where
delinquency is deemed temporary (e.g., illness or unemployment).	  	N/A
			
	1122(d)(4)(ix)	  	Adjustments to interest rates or rates of return for student loans with variable rates are computed based on the related student loan documents.	  	N/A
			
	1122(d)(4)(x)	  	Regarding any funds held in trust for an obligor (such as escrow accounts): (A) such funds are analyzed, in accordance with the obligor’s student loan documents, on at least an annual
basis, or such other period specified in the Transaction Documents; (B) interest on such funds is paid, or credited, to obligors in accordance with applicable student loan documents and state laws; and (C) such funds are returned to the obligor
within 30 calendar days of full repayment of the related student loans, or such other number of days specified in the Transaction Documents.	  	N/A

  

 Exhibit C-2 

					
	 Reference
	  	 Criteria
	  	Applicability
	 1122(d)(4)(xi)
	  	Payments made on behalf of an obligor (such as tax or insurance payments) are made on or before the related penalty or expiration dates, as indicated on the appropriate bills or notices for
such payments, provided that such support has been received by the servicer at least 30 calendar days prior to these dates, or such other number of days specified in the Transaction Documents.	  	N/A
			
	 1122(d)(4)(xii)
	  	Any late payment penalties in connection with any payment to be made on behalf of an obligor are paid from the servicer’s funds and not charged to the obligor, unless the late payment was
due to the obligor’s error or omission.	  	N/A
			
	 1122(d)(4)(xiii)
	  	Disbursements made on behalf of an obligor are posted within two business days to the obligor’s records maintained by the servicer, or such other number of days specified in the Transaction
Documents.	  	N/A
			
	 1122(d)(4)(xiv)
	  	Delinquencies, charge-offs and uncollectible accounts are recognized and recorded in accordance with the Transaction Documents.	  	N/A
			
	 1122(d)(4)(xv)
	  	Any external enhancement or other support, identified in Item 1114(a)(1) through (3) or Item 1115 of Regulation AB, is maintained as set forth in the Transaction Documents.	  	N/A

  

			
	Date:                     
	
	DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,
	 not in its individual capacity but solely

	as Indenture Trustee
		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	

  

 Exhibit C-3 

 EXHIBIT D 
 NOTICE OF PAYMENT DEFAULT 
 SLM STUDENT LOAN TRUST 2007-4 
 STUDENT LOAN-BACKED NOTES 
 CLASS B-2B

 AUCTION RATE NOTES 
 Pursuant
to Section 2.02(b)(i) of Appendix A-2 to the Indenture, NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN to the Auction Agent, that a Payment Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Auction Rate Notes identified above. The next Auction for the Auction
Rate Notes will not be held. The Auction Rate for the Auction Rate Notes for the next succeeding Accrual Period shall be the Non-Payment Rate. [To be delivered not later than 2:15p.m. (Eastern Time) on the Business Day next succeeding a Distribution
Date.] 
  

							
		 		 	DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, not in its individual capacity but solely as Indenture Trustee
				
	 Dated:
                    
	 		 	By:	 	  

  

 Exhibit D-1 

 EXHIBIT E 
 NOTICE OF CURE OF PAYMENT DEFAULT 
 SLM STUDENT LOAN TRUST 2007-4 
 STUDENT LOAN-BACKED NOTES 
 CLASS B-2B

 AUCTION RATE NOTES 
 Pursuant
to Section 2.02(b)(i) of Appendix A-2 to the Indenture, NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN to the Auction Agent that a Payment Default with respect to the Auction Rate Notes identified above has been waived or cured. The next Distribution Date is
                     and the Auction Date is
                    . [To be delivered immediately following the cure of a Payment Default.] 
  

			
	DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, not in its individual capacity but solely as Indenture Trustee
		
	 Dated:
	 	                     

		
	 By:
	 	  

  

 Exhibit E-1 

 EXHIBIT F 
 NOTICE OF PROPOSED CHANGE IN LENGTH 
 OF ONE OR MORE AUCTION PERIODS 
 SLM STUDENT LOAN TRUST 2007-4 
 STUDENT
LOAN-BACKED NOTES 
 CLASS B-2B 
 AUCTION RATE NOTES 
 Notice is hereby given that the Issuer proposes to change the length of one or more Auction Periods pursuant
to the Indenture as follows: 
 1. The change shall take effect on
                    , the Interest Rate Adjustment Date for the next Auction Period (the “Effective Date”). 
 2. The Auction Period Adjustment in Paragraph 1 shall take place only if (a) the Indenture Trustee and the Auction Agent receive, by 11:00 a.m.,
eastern time, on the Business Day before the Auction Date for the Auction Period commencing on the Effective Date, a certificate from the Issuer, as required by the Indenture authorizing the change in length of one or more Auction Periods and
(b) Sufficient Bids exist on the Auction Date for the Auction Period commencing on the Effective Date. 
 3. If the condition referred
to in (a) above is not met, the Auction Rate for the Auction Period commencing on the Effective Date will be determined pursuant to the Auction Procedures and the Auction Period shall be the Auction Period determined without reference to the
proposed change. If the condition referred to in (a) is met but the condition referred to in (b) above is not met, the Auction Rate for the Auction Period commencing on the Effective Date shall be the Maximum Rate and the Auction Period
shall be the Auction Period determined without reference to the proposed change. 
 4. It is hereby represented, upon advice of the Auction
Agent for the Class B-2B Notes described herein, that there were Sufficient Bids for such Class B-2B Notes at the Auction immediately preceding the date of this Notice. 
 5. Terms not defined in this Notice shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture entered into in connection with the Class B-2B Notes. 
  

			
	 SLM STUDENT LOAN TRUST 2007-4

		
	 Dated:
	 	                     

		
	 By:
	 	  

  

 Exhibit F-1 

 EXHIBIT G 
 NOTICE ESTABLISHING CHANGE IN LENGTH 
 OF ONE OR MORE AUCTION PERIODS 
 SLM STUDENT LOAN TRUST 2007-4 
 STUDENT
LOAN-BACKED NOTES 
 CLASS B-2B 
 AUCTION RATE NOTES 
 Notice is hereby given that the Issuer hereby establishes new lengths for one or more Auction Periods pursuant
to the Indenture of Trust, as follows: 
 1. The change shall take effect on
                    , the Interest Rate Adjustment Date for the next Auction Period (the “Effective Date”). 
 2. The Auction Period commencing on the Effective Date, the Interest Rate Adjustment Date shall be
                    , or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day. 
 3. For Auction Periods occurring after the Auction Period commencing on the Effective Date, the Interest Rate Adjustment Date shall be
[                     (date) and every                 
(number)                  (day of week) thereafter] [every                 
(number)                  (day of week) after the date set forth in paragraph 2 above], or the next Business Day if any such day is not a Business Day;
provided, however, that the length of subsequent Auction Periods shall be subject to further change hereafter as provided in the Indenture of Trust. 
 4. The changes described in paragraphs 2 and 3 above shall take place only upon delivery of this Notice and the satisfaction of other conditions set forth in the Indenture of Trust and our prior notice dated
                     regarding the proposed change. 
 5. Terms not defined in this Notice shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture entered into in connection with the Class B-2B Notes. 
  

							
		 		 	 SLM STUDENT LOAN TRUST 2007-4

				
	 Dated:
                    
	 		 	By:	 	  

  

 Exhibit G-1 

 EXHIBIT H 
 NOTICE OF CHANGE IN AUCTION DATE 
 SLM STUDENT LOAN TRUST 2007-4 
 STUDENT LOAN-BACKED NOTES 
 CLASS B-2B

 AUCTION RATE NOTES 
 Notice is
hereby given by
[                                       
 ], as Broker-Dealer for the Auction Rate Notes, that with respect to the Auction Rate Notes, the Auction Date is hereby changed as follows: 
 1. With respect to Class B-2B Notes, the definition of “Auction Date” shall be deemed amended by substituting “                 (number)
Business Day” in the second line thereof and by substituting “                 (number) Business Days” for “two Business Days” in
subsection (d) thereof. 
 2. This change shall take effect on
                    , which shall be the Auction Date for the Auction Period commencing on
                    . 
 3. The
Auction Date for the Class B-2B Notes shall be subject to further change hereafter as provided in the Indenture. 
 5. Terms not defined in
this Notice shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture, as amended, relating to the Class B-2B Notes. 
  

							
		 		 	[BROKER-DEALER], as Broker-Dealer
				
	 Dated:
                    
	 		 	By:	 	  

  

 Exhibit H-1

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00121-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00121-of-00352.parquet"}]]